SoCal Hiker https://socalhiker.net Trail Guides, Gear Reviews, & Community Wed, 22 Nov 2023 14:32:08 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.1 https://i0.wp.com/cdn1.socalhiker.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/01003558/cropped-SoCalHiker-2020-Sticker-circle.png?fit=32%2C32&ssl=1 SoCal Hiker https://socalhiker.net 32 32 Hiking Belknap Crater in the Mountain Washington Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-belknap-crater-in-the-mountain-washington-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-belknap-crater-in-the-mountain-washington-wilderness/#respond Thu, 20 Oct 2022 19:21:42 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429490 Hiking Belknap Crater in the Mount Washington Wilderness
Hiking this out-and-back route up Belknap Crater you’ll traverse an other-worldly lava field on a section of the Pacific Crest Trail. Take the short spur trail up Little Belknap for a glimpse of the views to come and a peek at lava tubes. Finally, climb trail up Belknap Crater itself, ascending soft, loamy cinder and battling the frequent mountain-top winds.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,778′
Distance: 7.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,831 ft
Dogs: Yes (booties recommended)
When to go: July-October
Belknap Crater is best hiked on a cooler day. The trail is very exposed, and the lava flow section would be even less pleasant or even dangerous on a hot day.

Getting to the Trailhead

This hike begins at the Pacific Crest Trail McKenzie Pass Trailhead, which is not actually at the pass. The trailhead parking is on the north side of McKenzie Highway 242 and 0.5 miles west of the Dee Wright Observatory. The road is closed seasonally (November through June). The trail is 15.5 miles west of Sisters on Highway 242, and roughly a one hour drive from Bend. The trailhead parking area is dirt and can accommodate 10-12 vehicles if parked politely. There is no toilet at the trailhead, but there is a pit toilet at the parking area for the Dee Wright Observatory.

Get turn-by-turn driving directions via Google Maps.

Hiking Belknap Crater

The trail begins in a patch of forest that might be considered deceiving, as most of this hike is over exposed lava fields and cinder talus.

The trail crosses a lava flow between two wooded hills, winding around the north side of the second hill before splitting off and heading north across the lava field.

 

Looking back (south) toward the Three Sisters.

At about the two mile mark, you reach a junction with the spur trail that heads due east to Little Belknap. This is a short side trip that adds about a mile to your total distance. Once you reach Little Belknap, there is a short scramble to the top. It’s worth the trip.

From Little Belknap, retrace your steps to the PCT and turn right (heading north). As you leave the lava field, the trail forks. To the right, the PCT continues north. To the left (there is no trail sign) the trail heads toward and up Belknap Crater.

One thing I’ll say about hiking across a lava field…it gives you a great appreciation for dirt. The initial approach to the base of Belknap Crater is a welcome, dirt respite.

Once you reach the crater, the terrain turns to a mixture of cinder and dirt that at times feels like climbing a sand dune. The trail switchbacks gracefully up and around the north side of the crater, then climbs to the bare summit.

When we hiked this in October, it was a beautiful, cool day — perfect conditions for hiking Belknap Crater except for the fierce winds at the summit. They were strong enough that we didn’t dawdle at the top. We soaked in the epic Cascade views and headed back down. Fortunately, as soon as we were in the shadow of the crater, the winds subsided and the remainder of the hike back to the trailhead was perfect.

Hiking back, we retraced our steps. Heading south, we had great views of North and Middle Sister, and Black Crater (another favorite hike in the area). We could make out the Dee Wright Observatory — worth a stop if you have time.

Belknap Crater Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: belknap-crater.gpx

Additional Belknap Crater Resources

  • Advance permits are required from June 15th to October 15th. Day-use permits are released in two rolling windows: 10 days and then two days before the trip date. Online permit request form.
  • Sun protection, layers and plenty of water are all a must on this hike.
  • Dogs are allowed, but I would only consider bringing mine with booties. The lava rock is coarse, highly abrasive, and can be very hot in the sunlight.

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Belknap Crater is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and harder. It’s a challenge in itself, or a great way to train for bigger adventures. And your registration help support some great outdoor-related non-profits.

Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan on October 15, 2022.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-belknap-crater-in-the-mountain-washington-wilderness/feed/ 0
Join Team SoCalHiker at the Climb for Heroes https://socalhiker.net/join-team-socalhiker-at-the-climb-for-heroes/ https://socalhiker.net/join-team-socalhiker-at-the-climb-for-heroes/#respond Tue, 23 Aug 2022 19:29:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429412 Join Team SoCalHiker for the Climb for Heroes

Team SoCalHiker is climbing Mount Baldy again as part of the annual Climb for Heroes fundraiser for The Heroes Project, and we want you to join us! 

Every year since 2015, we’ve gathered at the base of the Mt Baldy Ski Resort along with hundreds of other SoCal outdoor-lovers to hike up Mount San Antonio — aka Mount Baldy.

This annual fundraiser supports The Heroes Project, a non-profit that makes the impossible a reality by empowering our injured community through physical and emotional training, allowing them to explore the farthest reaches of themselves and the world they live in. These expeditions challenge the severely wounded to redefine their personal limits post injury. The Heroes Project inspires our injured men and women to find purpose, both physically and mentally, and ignites others to do the same.

On Saturday, November 12, 2022 (Veteran’s Day weekend) we will gather and hike Mount Baldy, celebrating our love for the outdoors, having fun, earning swag, and doing good for the community.

Two ways you can help

  • Register for Climb for Heroeseither as an individual or as part of Team SoCalHiker. You’ll be raising money for a great cause, and there will be food and prizes from the event sponsors. There will be five “camps” setup along the route, so you can hike part of the trail or go all the way to the summit.
  • Contribute – If you can’t join us on the hike up Mount Baldy, chip in! Donations are tax-deductible. If you choose to help, consider helping one of the Team SoCalHiker members reach their $125 fundraising minimum.
Team SoCalHiker 2021 THP veterans CeCe Lorthioir and crew Tony Ramos with a THP veteran On the Devil's Backbone Team SoCalHikers at the summit

How it works

  • When you register, you’ll be asked if you want to sign-up as an individual or part of a team. Either way is fine, but we hope you’ll join Team SoCalHiker.
  • Fundraising – Also at sign-up, you’ll be asked to make an initial donation of $25, and commit to raising a minimum of $125 (set by The Heroes Project…there are prizes for the top fundraisers). You’ll get your very own fundraising page that you can share with your friends, family and co-workers, and their contributions on your behalf will go towards your fundraising minimum.
  • You’ll get email updates from The Heroes Project on when to show up, what to bring and other details. I will also be sending out emails just to Team SoCalHiker members with specific info on swag, where and when to meet, and more.
  • The hike itself follows a well-marked, defined route. You’ll be hiking alongside hundreds of other participants, and there are five “camps” along the route to the summit. You collect a coin at each camp you visit, and then can redeem the coins for swag like hats, t-shirts and more. Some people hike just to The Notch. Many hike to the beginning of the Devil’s Backbone. And those who are truly ready can hike all the way to Camp 5 at the summit.
  • Afterwards, The Notch will be open with food and beverage available to purchase. You can hike back down to the start, or take the chairlift down.

If you’re registered for the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, this peak can also count towards completing your challenge!

Sign-up for the Climb for Heroes and I will see you on November 12th! 

What’s the Climb for Heroes all about?

Charlie Linville on Mount Everest USMC SGT Retired Kirstie Ennis on Cartensz Pyramid Team members at the summit of Mt Baldy Collect the coins at each camp Jeff, Joan, Farley & Lucy in 2021 Tony Ramos & Jeff Hester Team SoCalHiker - Climb for Heroes

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/join-team-socalhiker-at-the-climb-for-heroes/feed/ 0
Hiking the Welch-Dickey Loop in the White Mountain National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-welch-dickey-loop-in-the-white-mountain-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-welch-dickey-loop-in-the-white-mountain-national-forest/#comments Thu, 18 Aug 2022 20:44:12 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429354 Hiking the Welch-Dickey Loop

This 4.8 mile loop in New Hampshire’s White Mountain National Forest takes you up and over both Welch and Dickey Mountain. This trail has challenging sections of granite, with some Class 2 scrambling. It’s fun, challenging hike with rewarding views of the surrounding mountains.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: Welch Mountain 2,605′; Dickey Mountain 2,733′
Distance: 4.8 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,802 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
First, you’ll want to hike this loop counter-clockwise. Trust me on this. There are granite slabs that you’ll have to ascend on Welch Mountain that you will not want to descend. Second, you’ll want to hike this in dry conditions. If it’s wet or icy, skip it, again due to the extensive hiking on granite slabs.

Getting to the Welch-Dickey Trailhead

This is an easy trailhead to reach, less than six miles east of I-93. Head east on NH-49 for 5.5 miles, turning left on Upper Mad River Road. Go 0.7 miles and turn right on Orris Road, then follow it for 0.5 miles to the trailhead. You can get turn-by-turn directions to the trailhead here via Google Maps.

Welch-Dickey Trailhead parking Welch-Dickey trailhead information LNT, dogs and other considerations Beginning of the trail Welch-Dickey trail sign

The trailhead has pit toilets, and requires a WMNF pass (an annual National Parks pass will also work) or a $5 day use fee, payable by cash in envelopes provided at the trailhead. The lot has plenty of parking, but this is a popular hike and it can fill up on weekends.

Hiking the Welch-Dickey Loop

The trail begins at the north end of the parking area near the information signs (be sure to check them for the latest warnings and restrictions). You’ll head into the woods for 20-30 feet before you reach the first trail sign. At this point, bear right to take the loop counter-clockwise, starting with Welch Mountain.

The first mile climbs through well shaded forest on a rocky, root-covered trail. There are yellow blazes on trees to help keep you on the trail. Shortly after the first mile, you reach your first expanse of granite. Take a walk to the ledge and enjoy the view. The exciting part is just ahead.

From the viewpoint, the granite slabs get steeper, with some Class 2 scrambling in sections. Follow the yellow blazes, sometimes painted on the granite and other times on the trunks of trees.

Yes, you’ll have to squeeze through this crack and scramble out of it.

It gets a bit easier as you approach the summit of Welch Mountain.

The summit of Welch Mountain is a good spot to take a break and soak in the views. From here, the trail descends to a saddle before climbing again to the taller Dickey Mountain.

Cairn at the saddle between Welch and Dickey Mountain

At the saddle there is one of the largest cairns on the route. Look closely for the continuation of the trail. It’s easy to miss.

Once again, you’ll scramble up granite slabs that are sometimes quite steep. It’s easy to see why most people prefer to hike this loop counter-clockwise, as these sections are much easier to climb than to descend.

The summit of Dickey Mountain, though taller than Welch, has more trees. Still there are plenty of granite slabs where you can stretch out in the sun and enjoy the view.

From Welch Mountain, the trail descends for about a mile of granite that’s thankfully not quite as exciting as what you climbed on your ascent. The trickiest part here is finding the trail, as the blazes are sometimes far and few between. This is where it pays to take your time and check your GPS location periodically to make sure you stay on course.

The final section of granite includes this view, with a cliff dropping off to your left.

And finally you return to dirt… and roots… and rocks. It’s not a smooth trail, but it’s fairly easy to follow.

The trail descends along a ridge towards the trailhead, heading due south. Keep your eyes open for mushrooms along the trail.

At 4.7 miles you’ll come to the junction with the Dinkey Notch Trail. Turn left here to hike the final 10th of a mile back to the trailhead parking area.

At under five miles, this trail is not long and won’t take all day. It has some fun sections that require you to problem solve your way up and down. And the views of the surrounding mountains were stunning.

After our hike, we headed to North Woodstock and stopped at the Woodstock Inn Brewery for lunch (they have a wonderful outdoor patio).

Welch-Dickey Loop Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Welch_Dickey_Loop.gpx

Welch-Dickey Loop Resources

  • We had cell reception on the summits and most (but not all) of the trail. We had zero cell reception at the trailhead.
  • Note that the mileage stated on the trail signs indicated the loop was 4.5 miles. We recorded 4.8 on our GPS.
  • Check the weather in nearby Campton, NH for a rough idea of what to expect on this hike.
  • Check out the latest hike logs on Social Hiker for current trail conditions.

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe New England Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The Welch-Dickey Loop is part of the New England Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and harder. It’s a challenge in itself, or a great way to train for bigger adventures. And your registration help support some great outdoor-related non-profits.

Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on August 12, 2022 with Joan. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-welch-dickey-loop-in-the-white-mountain-national-forest/feed/ 2
Hiking Turtlehead Peak from Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/#respond Fri, 15 Jul 2022 21:30:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429293 Hiking Turtlehead Peak

Turtlehead Peak is a great way to get that big picture view of Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area. Though technically outside the park boundary, this five mile out-and-back hike begins and ends in the scenic canyon near the Sandstone Quarry trailhead. This trail can be difficult to follow, with some light scrambling and navigation skills required. The payoff? Breathtaking views of the canyon and even the city of Las Vegas. .

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 6,323′
Distance: 5.24 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,015 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Avoid high temperatures and rain
You’ll want to avoid hiking this in the heat. When we hiked this in June, the high temperature for Vegas was forecast to be over 100 degrees. When we started at 6:00AM (the earliest the gate opens) it was 73 degrees, and by the time we were back at the car, it was already too hot for anyone else to start the trail.

Getting to the Trailhead

The entrance to Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area is located at 1000 Scenic Loop Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89161.

Entrance to the park is $15 per vehicle. If you have an America the Beautiful National Parks pass, that will get you in for free. Note that timed reservations are required for vehicle entry to the Scenic Loop (which this trailhead is on) from 8am to 5pm, October 1st through May 31st. The gate to the park opens at 6:00 AM, and it’s advisable to get there when it opens to avoid the heat of the day. 

Follow the Scenic Loop Drive for three miles to the Sandstone Quarry Trailhead parking area. There are toilets available. The trail begins at the north end of the parking area and is signed. 

Hiking up Turtlehead Peak

At the north end of the parking lot you’ll see a large sign with a map of the the trail to Turtlehead Peak (that’s Turtlehead in the background). Review the sign for safety precautions and follow them.

Turtlehead Peak trailhead

The trail starts out fairly gentle, but pay attention to the trail markers. There are several trails criss-crossing the area as well as desert washes that make it easy to miss a junction if you’re not careful.

After a gentle half mile, the grade gets steeper and the trail climbs parallel to a wash. At 1.5 miles, the trail splits in to several trails. The easier ones are marked with green or white dots painted on the rocks.

We started early, so we had shade most of the first two miles, at which point you reach a ridge line. The trail follows the ridge and then around the back (northeast) side of Turtlehead Peak. Once again there are several use trails that will let you pick your way up to the summit.

Once you reach the top, you can explore different viewpoints with tremendous views of Red Rock Canyon.  It’s really satisfying to rest at the top, knowing that the rest of the hike is downhill.

View of Red Rock Canyon from Turtlehead Peak

Head back down the way you came. As you descend, be careful not to overshoot the trail back to the ridge line (it’s easy to do). You might want to use your GPS app to do a periodic map check.

The descent goes pretty smoothly. With our early start (we entered the park right when the gates opened at 6:00 AM), we had shade most of the way up, but on our way down, the sun had already risen above the ridge and we started to feel the full intensity of that flaming orb.

Our total time was 3 hours, 12 minutes, with 2.5 hours of actual moving time. Made it back into town in time for a late breakfast (and before the worst heat of the day).

Turtlehead Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Turtlehead_Peak.gpx

Turtlehead Peak Tips & Resources

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Las Vegas Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Turtlehead Peak is part of the Las Vegas Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and harder. It’s a challenge in itself, or a great way to train for bigger adventures. And your registration help support some great outdoor-related non-profits.

Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 8, 2022 with Ethan and Lucie.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/feed/ 0
Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trailhead https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/ https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/#comments Thu, 14 Jul 2022 20:13:01 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429266 Hiking Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trail

Maiden Peak sits on the Cascade crest, straddling the Willamette and Deschutes National Forests. Many people hike up Maiden Peak from the Gold Lake trailhead on the west side, but the Maiden Lake Trail offers an alternative that starts in the east, passing through a variety of forested habitats and meadows with an optional side trip to serene Maiden Lake.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 7,805′
Distance: 10.0 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,000 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
On clear days, the summit of Maiden Peak rewards hikers with views of much of the Cascade Mountains and many of the Cascade Lakes as well.

Getting to the Maiden Lake Trailhead

From the center of Bend, Oregon to the Maiden Lake trailhead it’s almost exactly 60 miles and 1 hour, 15 minutes driving time. From Bend, head south on Highway 97 for 17 miles, then exit right onto Vandevert Road (south of the main Sunriver exit). In about one mile, turn left on S Century Drive. Follow Century Drive south for 1.1 miles, then turn right to stay on S Century Drive. You’ll take this 22.8 miles to Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway. Turn left on Cascade Lakes, following it south for 11.8 miles. Turn right on NF-4600 and follow that for 5 miles. This forest service road ends at the Maiden Lake Trailhead. There are no facilities at the trailhead. There is space to park about six vehicles. At the time of writing, no pass is required for parking. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Hiking to Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trail

The trailhead begins at an elevation of 4,922′ and climb steadily but gradually.

Heading up the Maiden Lake Trail

You’ll climb just half of the total vertical in the first three miles, where you reach the first trail junction. Maiden Lake heads to the left, but I recommend noting this for a potential side trip on your return down the mountain. For now, continue to the right.

Interesting to see the Pacific Crest Trail (PCT) listed here as the Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail (PCNST)

About a mile before the summit, the trail gets steeper, finally joining the Maiden Peak Trail for the remainder of the route to the summit.

Steep climb of south side of Maiden Peak Following cairns Junction with the Maiden Peak Trail

As you come around the west side of the peak, you finally get above the trees and the views really begin to open up.

Peekaboo view of Cascade Lakes

The summit of the peak is broad, and marked by a pile of rocks and rusty debris.

Yoda and I at the summit of Maiden Peak Rusted debris at the summit of Maiden Peak Panoramic view from Maiden Peak

 

This is an out-and-back route, so return the way you came. If you have time and energy, take the side trail to Maiden Lake. It’s a hidden gem that is worth the short hike. There is no outlet for this lake, and it’s amazingly clear.

 

Maiden Peak via Maiden Lake Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: maiden-peak-via-maiden-lake-th-101520-84957am.gpx

 

Maiden Peak Tips and Resources

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Maiden Peak is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. And your registration helps support some great outdoor-related non-profits. Learn more and sign up here.

Originally hiked on October 20, 2020. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/feed/ 1
Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/#comments Tue, 24 May 2022 23:12:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429066 Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead

Black Butte is an iconic mountain that stands alone, prominent and proud. The 6,436′ extinct start volcano lies 10 miles northwest of Sisters, Oregon along Highway 20. There are two ways to hike Black Butte. The shorter route from the Upper Trailhead is only four miles round trip, but requires a long drive up a washboard gravel forest service road. Starting from the Lower Trailhead is an easy drive, but a much longer hike. You begin at the base of the mountain and climb over three miles before joining the Upper Trailhead to continue your hike to the summit. The total roundtrip distance from the lower trailhead is 10.5 miles, with 3,400 feet of vertical gain.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,436′
Distance: 10.5 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,400 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring-Fall
The combination of easy access, vertical gain and distance make this route a popular option for training, and the spring wildflowers and Cascade views from the summit keep hikers coming back for more.

The popular trail is well-maintained and can usually be hiked earlier in the season when the roads to other trailheads are still closed.

Getting to the Black Butte Lower Trailhead

From Sisters, Oregon head west on US Highway 20 for ten miles. Turn right to head north on Camp Sherman Road. Follow Camp Sherman for 2.6 miles, then turn right onto SW Metolius River Road. Turn right at 0.2 miles (the first possible turn) onto the dirt and gravel Forest Service Road 1430 (there is no sign). A few hundred yards on your right is the parking area, with room for about 10 vehicles. There are no posted requirements for parking fees or passes, and there are no toilets or water at this trailhead. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Black Butte - Lower Trailhead

Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead

From the dirt parking area, look for the Black Butte Trail sign. You will see the mixed use trail heading due west, mostly flat for the first mile. This trail winds around the mountain at the base, so you’ll want to watch for the wood posts to turn on the hikers-only connector trails that head uphill. There are two options, and when you look at the map at the bottom of this trail guide, you’ll see we took the first option on the way up the mountain (~.75 miles from the trailhead), and the other on the way down (~1 mile from the trailhead). The second option is the more popular route.

Black Butte trail marker

From here, the trail begins a relentless but mostly gradual climb up and around the mountain. You will cross two forest service roads as you climb; watch for the hiker trail on the other side of the road and do a map check to make sure you’re on the correct route. At 3.2 miles you reach the Upper Trailhead. There is a picnic table and this is a great spot to take a break.  50 yards down the parking area here are pit toilets.

Black Butte Upper Trailhead parking

Note that the sign for the trail back down to the Lower Trailhead (from which you just hiked) is more prominent than any sign for the summit. On my most recent hike here, I helped two separate hikers parked at the upper trailhead who started hiking down the mountain until I asked them if they meant to hike to the summit.

For a detailed guide from the Upper Trailhead to the summit, read Hiking Black Butte from the Upper Trailhead. The trail for the upper section is the same for both routes. From here, it’s a bit over two miles to the summit. The trail up has one switchback, then spirals upward toward the summit.

Forested trail on Black Butte

As you climb above the tree line, you are rewarded with sweeping views of the Cascade Mountains.

Cascades from Black Butte

You’ll see the tall fire lookout tower that is actively manned during the summer months. As you round the east side of the mountain, you’ll hike through the scars of two modern wildfires before finally reaching the broad summit.

Black Butte Cupola

Once on the top of the butte, follow the trail to the northwest to visit the historic cupola (look for the rock carved by the “Bachelor of Black Butte” a century ago). Continue past the cupola to the new viewpoint deck. On a clear day, you can see Mount Hood and even Mount Adams.

Yoda atop Black Butte

Heading down Black Butte

When you’ve finished soaking in the views, retrace your route back down the mountain.

Black Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead.gpx

 

Black Butte Hiking Tips

  • At the top, please stay on the marked trails to avoid damaging the fragile ecosystem.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the history and flora on Black Butte.
  • For a shorter version of this hike that still goes to the summit, read our guide for Hiking Black Butte from the Upper Trailhead.
  • This mountain gets snow in the winter and becomes a more technical climb. Check the conditions before you go. I’ve used snowshoes on this trail during the month of January and microspikes and trekking poles can be helpful even into June depending on the snowfall.

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Black Butte is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on February 17, 2022 with David and Ethan.
Latest hike on May 21, 2022 with Scott.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/feed/ 2
Hiking Corte Madera in the Pine Creek Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/#comments Fri, 17 Dec 2021 22:04:19 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428811 Corte Madera

Sitting in the Pine Creek Wilderness in east San Diego, stands Corte Madera, or as some refer to it, San Diego’s Half Dome. This peak offers some impressive views of Baja California, Los Pinos, Anza Borrego, Mount Laguna, and Cuyamaca State Park. This challenging trail has some stunning vistas as it climbs toward the summit.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,659′
Distance: 7 miles
Time: 4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,700 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Spring, Fall, Winter

Getting to the Trailhead

From anywhere in San Diego, take the 8 freeway to the Buckman Springs Road exit (exit 51). There are no facilities at the trailhead, so stopping at the Buckman Springs rest stop might be a good idea. Head south on Buckman Springs Road for about 3 miles until you see the sign for the Corral Canyon OHV Area. Make the right hand turn on to it and continue for about 4.8 miles. This road will be a mix of dirt and paved sections, but most cars should have no issues driving it. You will come to a hairpin turn and should see a locked gate on your right, just past this on the left will be a small parking area. With care, five cars should fit.

There are some additional spots to park further up the road. You will need to display your National Forest Adventure Pass or similar pass on your windshield. The daily pass is $5 and can be purchased from several locations.

Hiking Corte Madera

The hike begins by making your way around that locked gate and then along the dirt road that passes through some dense coast live oaks and some tree-sized manzanita. The dirt road will make a hairpin and you will reach the junction with Espinosa Trail. There should be a metal garbage can with a trail sign to point you in the correct direction as past this point the road enters private property.

Start of the hike along the wooded section Wooded section Garbage can marking turnoff from the road

The Espinosa Trail begins a moderate climb toward the saddle between Los Pinos Mountain and Corte Madera. The coast live oaks and manzanita are replaced with chaparral.

Once at the saddle, you will see signs for the Los Pinos Peak to the left, Espinosa Trail straight ahead, and Corte Madera to the right. The Valley Fire in 2020 had closed the Espinosa Trail beyond this point, but it has since reopened. Here you get your first views of the impressive cliff face of Corte Madera.

Keep an eye out for raptors flying in the skies above you. That southern face is host to a number of birds of prey, including falcons, hawks, and golden eagles. In fact, Cleveland National Forest has seasonal closures along the mountain’s sheer cliff. While these closures will not affect your hike, if you are seeking to do some rock climbing, they will.

From this saddle, continue north on the Los Pinos road until it dead ends. Note that this is an active dirt road, so you may encounter dirt bikes or other off-road vehicles. There will be a forest service sign reminding you to be mindful of the nesting raptors that call Corte Madera home.

Raptor information and sign pointing toward Corte Madera

Your hike will now continue along a use trail to the summit. The condition of this trail varies from good to poor at times, so be prepared. It will get a bit rocky at times and you will have some minor climbing over some rocks.

The use trail wraps around a small peaklet before dropping down some. This is probably the toughest section as you have a short steep scramble to navigate.

The tough section

Rocky section around the “peaklet”.

From here you have about another mile or so to the summit, the route weaving its way through the chaparral and boulders.

Corte Madera Corte Madera's rocky face

Eventually, you will come to a large cluster of boulders that denote the summit of Corte Madera. There should be a register in an old ammo box for you to sign.

Corte Madera summit and register

The summit offers many spots to sit and take a well-earned break. You will have stunning views in all directions. Downtown San Diego will lie due west, and with some luck, you can spot Point Loma.

Many of the familiar peaks of San Diego should be visible as well; El Cajon Mountain, Mount Woodson, Cuyamaca Peak, Palomar Mountain, just to name a few. If the air is clear and if San Gorgonio has some snow on its summit you should be able to see it.

Summit view Summit view looking west Summit view looking south Looking northwest toward the Lagunas

When you are ready to leave, just retrace your route back to the trailhead.

For the more adventurous, you can combine this hike with the summit of Los Pinos. If you choose to do this, at the junction with Espinosa Trail, continue south along the road toward the lookout tower atop Los Pinos. This will add about two miles each way and another 900 feet of gain. During the fire season, that tower is staffed and offers some great views.

Corte Madera Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: corte-madera.gpx

Additional Resources

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/feed/ 1
Hiking Quartz Peak in the Sierra Estrella Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/#respond Tue, 28 Sep 2021 23:31:03 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428711 Hiking Quartz Peak

One of the highest points in the Sierra Estrella Wilderness, Quartz Peak offers spectacular views from atop a unique summit block made of white quartz. This challenging trail has beautiful vistas of the Rainbow Valley as it climbs a rugged ridge from the valley floor to the crest of the Sierra Estrella.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,052′
Distance: 6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,400 ft
Dogs: Yes, but may struggle with last quarter mile
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
The drive to this trailhead can be challenging. If you are not comfortable driving on unmaintained dirt roads, please do not attempt. Two wheel drive vehicles without high ground clearance regularly make it to this trailhead, but higher clearance does make it safer and easier. I also suggest driving the dirt road section in daylight.

From Phoenix take the I-10 to Exit 124B for AZ-303 Loop S and continue South on S Cotton Tail Ln. When you come to a traffic circle, take the first exit onto Estrella Parkway. Go 4 miles to W Willis Rd and make a right. Go 1.4 miles and make a left onto S Rainbow Valley Rd., and after 5 miles turn left onto W Riggs Rd.

Start of dirt road Turn left here Parking area
After 4 miles on W Riggs Rd. it will “t” into S. Bullard Ave. Go right onto S. Bullard Ave. and make an immediate left onto the dirt road that follows the powerlines (still considered W Riggs Rd.).

Continue on the sandy dirt road following the “TRAIL” signs east for 5.5 miles to Powerline Rd. and make a right. Go another 2 miles then turn left at the “TRAIL” sign pointing you in that direction.

Go just 2 more miles and you’ll dead-end into the trailhead parking area. There is a pit toilet, but no running water at the trailhead.

Hiking Quartz Peak

From the parking area head northeast up the trail. You’ll pass an information stand and trail register where you can sign in and out. Follow the flat trail marked by cow pies and cairns for about a quarter mile, then it will turn left towards the base of the ridge on your left.

Trail information

At 0.6 mile you’ll reach the top of the first ridge, and at 1.0 mile the second ridge. As the trail climbs it alternates between following the crest of the ridge, and dropping slightly side to side, lacing from notch to notch.

At mile 1.8 the trail becomes more rugged and a little harder to follow, then hits a couple switchbacks and gains the final ridge at mile 2. From here the trail hangs on the left side of the ridge until mile 2.3 where it pops back on top.

At the 2.5 mile mark the trail diminishes, becoming more rocky and slow. You should see some cairns to guide you to the left side of the ridge, then back to the center, then to the right, then centered again where the trail becomes more prominent at mile 2.7.

The clear path does not last. Stay near the crest of the ridge for the final quarter mile to the top. When you get near the summit there are two apparent summit blocks – Quartz is on the left. Complete the final scramble and you are there!

At the top you will be greeted by the biggest chunk of white quartz you’ve ever seen and truly appreciate the name of this peak. To the north is Phoenix, to the west is Little Rainbow Valley and to the east is the Gila River Reservation.

When you are done enjoying the views, return back down the way you came.

Quartz Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Quartz_Peak_AZ_Hike.gpx

Driving Directions to the Trailhead

Download file: Quartz_Peak_Drive_to_Trailhead.gpx

Quartz Peak Hiking Resources

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThis hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Phoenix and Tucson area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The winter challenge runs between November 1st and April 30th.  Be sure to check out the summer challenge, too!

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/feed/ 0
Hiking Black Mountain in Rancho San Antonio County Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-mountain-in-rancho-san-antonio-county-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-mountain-in-rancho-san-antonio-county-park/#comments Mon, 01 Feb 2021 01:20:11 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428545 View from Black Mountain

At 2,812 feet, Black Mountain looms large, way up, and behind, the smaller hills to the west of Highway 280 in Silicon Valley. On a clear day you can see the Pacific Ocean, as well as San Francisco, and the entire Silicon Valley at your feet. You can also gaze at some of the other peaks in the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, including Mount Diablo, Mount Umunhum, and Mission Peak.

It feels so far away, yet so close, to the busy valleys down below. Take the time to peruse the many ways to get to the top! Some are easier than others, and some can be a parking headache on pleasant weekends!

Trail Details
Summit: 2,785′
Distance: 11.5 miles
Time: 3-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,800 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
This guide describes the “trail less travelled”, from an unofficial, yet completely legal trailhead, used by those “in the know”! It’s 11.5 miles and 2,800 feet of climbing. Following that are a few more approaches, some easier, some harder, and one that requires an easy-to-get permit for “V.I.P. Parking”!

Getting to the Trailhead

Set your GPS to 28100 Laura Court, Los Altos Hills, and park in the residential area.

Parking near the old quarry

Notice the interesting lake nearby, and imagine what it looked like as a rock quarry, many years ago.

Hiking the Trail

Head uphill, past the gate. It’s quite steep for a bit, until the junction with the more popular Chamise Trail. Turn right onto the Chamise Trail.

Continue past the gate

After about a mile, the trail forks, then rejoins itself after ~0.2 miles. At that 4-way intersection, continue uphill, and to the west, on the Black Mountain Trail.

Turn right on the Black Mountain Trail

Over the next 3 miles, you’ll be climbing gradually towards the triple communication towers. Just when you think you’re getting close, there’s a 100 foot dip in the trail, followed by a steep final climb. You’re there!

Gradual Climb up Black Mountain

The official summit is where the “moon rocks” are, one of which has the official USGS Benchmark.

View of the bay from Black Mountain Black Mountain benchmark

Black Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Black_Mountain_from_the_quarry.gpx

Black Mountain Tips

  • When you return, on the final stretch to your starting point. There’s a little sign that says “Private Property Ahead”. No worries! This trail is heavily used, and not blocked or discouraged in any way. It’s not on the official map, however. MidPen tries to reduce the impact on residential neighborhoods.
  • It can get hot in the summer! Water, sunscreen, and good shoes are a must.
  • Phone signals are available on the majority of the trails.

Alternate Routes

  • The most popular approach is from Rancho San Antonio Preserve (22500 Cristo Rey Dr, Cupertino, CA). It’s about 12 miles and 3200 feet, round trip. Be aware that the parking lot fills-up quickly, particularly on pleasant weekend days. This is the main park entrance, on the eastern edge of the park map.
  • Another approach, with a very limited parking lot, is from the Rhus Ridge Trail. The hike is about 9 miles, and 2500 feet. It’s at the top-left of the park map, and is accessed from Rhus Ridge Road, off of Moody Road.
  • There are two easy approaches, via the neighboring Monte Bello Open Space Preserve. One is to drive up Page Mill Road, to the parking lots marked on the map, in the area of “#3”. Hike east on one of several trails, then north to Black Mountain.
  • Last, but not least, is to get a permit (and gate code) to park on upper Montebello Road, from the Midpeninsula Open Space folks (“Waterwheel Parking” permit application).  The park map shows both the parking lot, and Black Mountain, on the right side.

The Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

This hike is part of the Bay Area Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in San Francisco Bay Area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and December 31st.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-mountain-in-rancho-san-antonio-county-park/feed/ 2
Hiking Camelback Mountain via the Echo Canyon Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-echo-canyon-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-echo-canyon-trail/#comments Wed, 09 Dec 2020 21:33:43 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428504 View from Camelback Mountain towards Piestewa Peak

Camelback Mountain is the most popular mountain to hike in the Phoenix area for good reasons. It’s a fun challenging hike from either side, with good views of the Phoenix area, and entertaining to compare its profile to a napping camel. There are two popular routes up this dromedary. This route on the Echo Canyon Trail is the shorter, but steeper route of the two.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation:  2,707′
Distance: 2.4 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,400′
Dogs: No
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail Hours: Sunrise to Sunset

Getting to the Trailhead

From Phoenix, get on highway 51 going North. Take exit 5 toward Lincoln Drive. Turn right onto E Glendale Ave, continue for about 4 miles, then turn right onto Tatum Blvd. Go half a mile on Tatum, then turn left onto E McDonald Drive. In just a few hundred feet you’ll come to a traffic circle and see the parking lot entrance on the right. Get turn-by-turn directions on Google Maps.

Entering Echo Canyon Trailhead Parking Echo Canyon Trailhead

There is a parking attendant and gate, but parking is free. The large parking area does fill up fast, so make sure you get there early to snag a spot. Park in an available space, make sure you have plenty of water, and continue up to the top of the parking lot to find the trailhead. There are restrooms and water at the trailhead.

Hiking Camelback Mountain via Echo Canyon

The trail begins from the top of the parking lot, just beyond the restrooms and benches. An easy incline at first, the path passes a smaller rock formation, then approaches the base of a larger one known as the “Praying Monk”. If you look up from the trail, you may see roped-up rock climbers scaling the face above you. And if you turn around and look the other way, you can see Piestewa Peak rising up behind you.

Looking up toward Camelback Mountain

As you curve around the base of the rockface, the trail flattens, then goes nearly vertical! Fortunately there are railings and a fence to help, and there are steps worn in if you pick a good line.

Steep Section on Echo Canyon Trail

At the top of the excitingly steep section, the trail mellows again. You’ll soon pass the half-mile marker and wonder how you’ve only gone that far.

Half Mile Marker on Echo Canyon Trail

From here it’s a steady climb in the wash with some steep steps and light boulder-hopping.

Light boulder hopping on the Echo Canyon Trail

There is a small dip just before the one mile mark, then the trail rises steady and even steeper as it nears the summit. It’s easy to get a little off track in the last section – just keep looking for the path of least resistance.

Last Section before summit of Camelback Mountain

The trail makes one final bend to the left as it leads you to the top! Take in the awesome 360 degree view of the valley, with Piestewa closeby to the northwest. But make sure you pay attention to which way you came up – it’s easy to mistakenly go down the wrong trail. When you are done soaking in the views, return down the way you came up.

View from Camelback Mountain towards Piestewa Peak Downtown Phoenix from Camelback Mountain Heading back down the Echo Canyon Trail

Camelback Mountain via Echo Canyon Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Camelback Mountain via Echo Canyon Trail.gpx

 

Camelback Mountain Hiking Resources

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

2021 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to non-profits that help get youth outdoors.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-echo-canyon-trail/feed/ 3
Hiking to High Point on Palomar Mountain in the Cleveland National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/#respond Sat, 05 Dec 2020 00:27:37 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428473 High Point (Palomar)

Appropriately named High Point is the highest peak in the Palomar Ranger District of Cleveland National Forest. This hike offers unique views of Toro and San Jacinto Peak, and a colorful variety of trees that isn’t often found in Southern California.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 6,140′
Distance: 13.8 miles
Time: 7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,509 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Fall, Winter

Getting to the Trailhead

Take Interstate 15 toward Temecula and exit at Highway 79 South. Follow Highway 79 South southeast  for 24 miles to the Oak Grove Fire Station. Turn right into the parking area across from the Oak Grove Campground, or just after the fire station. You can park behind the fire station, or in the lot for the building just north of the fire station.

The trailhead is not very obvious. Look for a waist-high post that says “Oak Grove Trail” at the north end of the parking lot – it has arrows on it pointing you in the right direction.

Oak Grove Campground Oak Grove Trailhead Look for the Oak Grove Trail signs

 

Hiking High Point from Oak Grove

From the sign that says “Resident and official vehicles beyond this sign only”, the hike starts on a dirt road northwest out of the parking area. The first half mile requires you to really pay attention and watch for trail signs guiding you toward the “real” trail. It’s mostly the posts with “Oak Grove Trail” written vertically on them, but there are a few signs that just say “Trail”.

Onto the single track

You’ll know you’ve successfully navigated the labyrinth when you get to the large Oak Grove Trail sign indicating it’s time to depart from the dirt road and turn right onto the single-track.

Bear right onto the single track trail

Once on the narrower path, the real climb begins. First there are a few long sweeping switchbacks as the trail becomes a bit rocky and washed out in places. Then the switchbacks become shorter and the elevation gain intensifies.

Rocky and sometimes washed-out switchbacks

As you climb, the reward for your hard work is the views that begin to appear behind you.

Climbing out of the valley

At the two mile mark the single track path ends and you turn right onto a dirt truck trail called Oak Grove Road.

Head up Oak Grove Road

Follow this broad dirt road to the 3.5 mile mark where you will find a locked gate. You should not encounter any vehicles up to this point, but keep a lookout for dirt bikes and 4x4s from here to the summit.

Step around the locked gate

Continue around the gate and just around the corner the road splits. Go left, continuing on Oak Grove Road.

Winding up Palomar Mountain

As the trail curves left, you may be able to spot the lookout tower perched atop your objective.

Can you see the lookout tower?

The incline is steady until around the 5 mile mark, where the road flattens out and arcs right toward the summit.

A relatively flat stretch

At 5.5 miles there is a junction at a “No Campfires” sign where you should turn right onto Palomar Divide Road.

Bear right onto Palomar Divide Road

This section continues relatively flat, makes a sharp right turn at 5.7 miles, and a 90 degree left at 6 miles.

Fall Color on the Palomar Divide Road

At the 6.5 mile mark is your last junction. Turn left through the gate and you’ll soon see the lookout tower you’ve been aiming for. Continue up the path as it winds up to the summit, and look out to the right as the white observatory domes begin to dot your view.

Final stretch to High Point Lookout Palomar Observatory

Look northeast and admire the views of Toro Peak, San Jacinto Peak and San Gorgonio. Look west across the beautiful thick forest of trees blanketing the broad Palomar Mountain, of which you are standing at the highest point.

The lookout tower is usually occupied by forest service personnel, but public access is not allowed. If you happen to be there in the early afternoon, you may witness them come down out of the tower to weigh the fuel stick. This is a traditional method for assessing level of fire danger. The weight of the stick tells them how dry or damp potential forest fire fuel is. Once you’ve refueled yourself and enjoyed the view, return back down the way you came up.

High Point Lookout sign High Point Lookout Tower The View from High Point (Palomar)

View Towards San Jacinto and San Gorgonio

High Point Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: High_Point_Palomar_Mountain_from_Oak_Grove.gpx

 

High Point from Oak Grove Hiking Resources

San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2021 San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in San Diego County. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and December 31st.  Be sure to check out the SoCal challenge, too!

Hiking to High Point on Palomar Mountain

Originally hiked on November 25, 2020.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/feed/ 0
Hiking Hot Springs Mountain on the Los Coyotes Reservation https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/#comments Thu, 19 Nov 2020 21:53:28 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428418 Panorama from Hot Springs Mountain

Hot Springs Mountain in the Los Coyotes Reservation is the highest peak in San Diego County, with chaparral, oak and pine forests. On a clear day, you can see the Pacific Ocean over 50 miles away. Near the summit are the crumbling remains of a lookout tower, and the true summit requires a short boulder scramble. It’s an area of impressive natural beauty and biodiversity.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,533′
Distance: 10.2 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,118 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The Los Coyotes Reservation lies east of San Diego, between the Cleveland National Forest and Anza-Borrego State Park. It is the home of the Los Coyotes Band of Cahuilla and Cupeño Indians whose ancestry can be traced to the area over 2,000 years. Standing on the summit you can take in the same sweeping views enjoyed by its inhabitants for centuries.

Getting to the Hot Springs Mountain Trailhead

The nearest town is Warner Springs, and the drive to the trailhead takes about an hour from Temecula or an an hour and 20 minutes from Escondido. From Highway 79 in Warner Springs, you’ll turn onto Camino San Ignacio Road. This road travels 7.7 miles to the trailhead at the intersection with Sukat Road, but you’ll have to stop at the entrance to the Los Coyotes Reservation and pay a per-person day-use fee, which at the time of writing was $10 per person.

The trailhead is not clearly marked, other than a small sign identifying Sukat Road. The road can be found at the west edge of the campground (to your left as you enter the campground. The campground itself was still closed to camping due to the pandemic, but this made parking a breeze. Get turn-by-turn driving directions on Google Maps.

Leashing up the dogs for the hike The trail begins up this dirt road Sukat Road - Start of hike up Hot Springs Mountain

Hiking Hot Springs Mountain

The trail begins up Sukat Road, a jeep trail that was chained off at the time of our hike. Once you step over the chain, the climbing begins. Being a jeep trail, the trail never gets too steep, although having trekking poles would be helpful. Leaving behind the tall oaks in the valley, the are open patches interspersed with tall pines, cedars and chaparral.

Hiking up to Hot Springs Mountain

As you climb, the buckwheat and manzanita give way to forest.

Leaving chaparral and entering forest Views above the canyon TacoSlayer on Hot Springs Mountain

At 2.8 miles, you reach a junction with Hot Springs Mountain Road. It’s another dirt road, and you might not even notice it, as Sukat Road bends to join it nearly seamlessly. There is a sign pointing you toward the Lookout Tower, and that’s the direction you want to continue.

Head Toward the Lookout Tower

From here, the trail is forested and climbs gently with a few dips to keep it interesting. Towering cedar trees line the trail on both sides.

Shady Stretch on Hot Springs Mountain

At five miles, the lookout tower comes into view, and the jeep trails opens to a large flat turnaround area. When we hiked this, there were colored flags tied to the branches to mark the trail.

Follow the Flags to the Summit

Continue across the flat open area to the trees on the north side of the clearing, and the trail to the true summit continues as a single track that snakes through manzanita and trees to a large boulder pile. There’s a marker at the top of the highest boulder, but climbing up them is entirely optional, depending on your comfort level.

Panorama from Hot Springs Mountain Remains of the Lookout atop Hot Springs Mountain

The summit can only handle a few people at the top at any one time. If you want to stop for a break, a better location is at the concrete steps leading to the base of the closed (and decaying) lookout tower. Though this side of the summit mount is slightly lower, the views are the same.

There are plenty of places to spread out for a snack break before retracing your steps back to the trailhead.

On the way back, the junction with Sukat Road is more obvious. Take a left on Sukat Road, following the sign directing you to the campground.

Head to the Campground

Hot Springs Mountain Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: hot-springs-mountain-102420-91203am.gpx

Hot Springs Mountain Resources

San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2021 San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in San Diego County. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and December 31st.  Be sure to check out the SoCal challenge, too!

 

Hiking Hot Springs Mountain

Originally hiked on October 24, 2020 with Joan, Will, Shannon, Lucy and Farley. Special thanks to Will for serving tacos! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/feed/ 2
Hiking Bill Williams Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/#comments Fri, 24 Apr 2020 21:09:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=427936 Bill Williams Mountain

Named after a legendary Arizona mountain man, Bill Williams Mountain offers a beautiful hike through pine and aspen trees. Spring and summer are great times to hike this peak, but it’s even more special if you wait for the leaves to start changing. No matter the season, you can enjoy spectacular Northern Arizona views from this classic summit.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 9,259′
Distance: 7.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,250 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Bill Williams Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head west out of town on Rte 66 and hop onto 40 West. Go about 29 miles and get off at exit 161 for Golf Course Dr., last exit for the town of Williams. At the end of the offramp take a left onto Route 66, then take your next possible right onto Frontage Road. Go half a mile then make a left onto S Clover Rd. just after the sign with a ranger station icon. Go just a quarter mile down this road and as it curves left, you’ll see the trailhead parking on the right side. There’s a pit toilet next to the paved parking area, but no running water.

Trailhead parking for Bill Williams Mountain

Hiking to the Bill Williams Mountain

You know you are in the right place if you see a sturdy Kaibab National Forest sign with Bill Williams Trail #21 written across the top. To start this hike walk the plank of pavement south out of the parking lot and into the forest. The blacktop path quickly turns to pine needles and dirt.

Bill Willams Mountain Trailhead

Flat at first, this inviting trail brings you away from the interstate and deep into a beautiful forest of tall pines. Just about a thousand feet in you hit your first intersection. The Clover Spring Trail #46 will be on your left, but you simply continue straight on your path.

Clover Spring Junction

A few hundred feet further the trail passes between two fences, and you’ll know you are on the right path.

Passing Between Two Fences

At this point you will have also noticed diamond shaped green blazes along the trail. From here these blazes continue all the way to the summit. At the half-mile mark you will come to your second intersection – again the Clover Spring Trail (it makes a loop). Again, continue straight following the sign toward Bill Williams Lookout.

If you hike this in the Fall, this is where you can start to really appreciate the leaves changing. The pine trees relent a bit while aspens and other deciduous varieties start to show. It’s also where you come to the first mile mark which is conveniently indicated on a trailside post.

Mile Marker

Another half mile or so up there is a dirt road to cross – again go straight through this intersection.

Cross the road and continue straight

Again at the two mile mark there is a post indicating how far you’ve come. This is also where the beautiful aspen trees become even more abundant.

Aspen Trees on the Bill Williams Trail

Just before the 3 mile mark the trail gets steeper and starts turning switchbacks. A quarter mile further up you will see another intersection, this time with the Bixler Trail #72. Once again continue straight on the Bill Williams Mountain Trail. About a half mile after passing that last trail junction you will come to a dirt road, and the peak’s towers will be in view.

Connecting with the Utility Road to Bill Williams Lookout

Go right on the dirt road, then look for an almost immediate left back onto trail blazed with the green diamonds. This last section of trail will put you back on the dirt road again, which you then follow to the summit!

Dirt road to the summit of Bill Williams Mountain

From the summit you can look southwest off the edge of the Colorado Plateau as it drops down, down, down to the Sonoran Desert. The views are extra special if you make it in time for sunset, which I think is the best time to hike this mountain. If you are comfortable hiking back down in the dark, those green trail markers you followed up are reflective, which makes it even easier to find your way back to the car.

The summit has a few communication antennas, but also a lookout tower. The top section is often locked, but you can still get up most of the way for an even higher vantage point.

Bill Williams Lookout Tower Info Sign Bill Willams Lookout Tower

Once you’ve enjoyed the view to your heart’s content, return back down the same way. Make sure you follow the green trail markers, and check that your following trail signs for Bill Williams Mountain Trail #21.

Another view from the Bill Willams Lookout Tower

Another view from the Bill Williams Trail

Bill Williams Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Bill Williams Mountain AZ.GPX

Bill Williams Mountain Tips & Resources

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

2020 Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

Hiking Bill Williams Mountain in the Kaibab National Forest

Originally hiked October 27, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/feed/ 1
Hiking Piestewa Peak from Dreamy Draw https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-from-dreamy-draw/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-from-dreamy-draw/#comments Thu, 19 Mar 2020 16:07:10 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=427492 Hiking Dreamy Draw to Piestewa Peak

Hiking Piestewa Peak is a famously popular Phoenix-area, StairMaster-like workout that can get really crowded. Most people take the short, direct route up Trail 300. For this year’s Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, I wanted to explore a different route that would add both mileage and net vertical gain to the hike, and hopefully avoid some of the crowds.

Trail Details
Summit: 2,546′
Distance: 6.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,760 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Fall-Spring
This inverted lollipop loop route scored on all three points. It’s 4.4 miles longer, with 648 more feet of net vertical climbing, and it’s much less crowded (at least until you join Trail 300 for the final push to the summit). Start your hike around sunrise, and it has the added benefit of shade for the first third of your hike.

We’ve marked this as a “no dogs” hike but that is partially true. Dogs on leash are allowed up to the point where the trail connects with Trail 300. If you’re okay with skipping the trip to the peak, you could bring Fido along and just make it a nice loop.

Getting to the Dreamy Draw Trailhead

The parking area for Dreamy Draw is easy to find. Follow N Dreamy Draw Drive eastbound. It ends at the parking area. We arrived before sunrise and had plenty of parking, but when we finished our hike the lot had filled up, so go early on weekends. Parking was free (another benefit over the other route up Piestewa). Get detailed directions on Google Maps.

There are bathroom facilities near the parking area, but no water or facilities on the trail.

Dreamy Draw bathrooms Steps up from parking to a picnic shade structure Legend explaining trail signage

Hiking from Dreamy Draw to Piestewa Peak

There’s a vast network of trails in this park, including a paved loop for bicycles, horse trails, and my favorite: single track hiking and trail running trails. There’s any number of ways to get from point A to B, so study the map at the trailhead, download the map data to an app like GaiaGPS before you leave home, and as a backup, carry a paper map. The park is not so big that you’ll get lost for days, but it could be a bummer to log several miles in the wrong direction. We have map of our route, the elevation profile (which shows why this route has more net vertical than the shorter route), and a downloadable GPX file further down in this guide.

The trail signage in the park is a mixture of old and new. The newer signs sport elevation profiles, trail data and a QR code that will (if your cell signal is strong) connect you to a webpage with even more information.

After reviewing the trail maps, we started uphill, making our way to Trail 100 and heading out.

Trail 100

Just before Sunrise

There was a smattering of other people on the trails, but nothing like the “conga line” that often forms at the short route up Piestewa. Plus we were on the northwest side of the mountains, meaning we would have early morning shade.

Trail 1A Richard taking Trail 1A Irregular Link Trail

We hopped on to Trail 1A which makes a loop around the peak, then peeled off at the Irregular Link Trail at about one mile in. This trail climbed about half a mile to a saddle with beautiful views of the surrounding area.

Sunrise over Phoenix

From the saddle, the trail descends around the north side of Piestewa Peak, losing about 400 feet of the elevation you’ve already climbed. At about 2.75 miles, the trail begins to climb again.

At 3.25 miles, you connect with the summit trail (and the conga line). The final stretch climbs up steeply, with a well-engineered trail that has a lot of steps.

To the left is a rounded shoulder that many people stop at. It’s close enough to the summit for them. To the right is a scramble to the true summit, where you’ll find a survey benchmark and the true highpoint of Piestewa Peak. The scramble isn’t too technical, but some might find the broad shoulder less intimidating.

Rich & Jeff at the summit

From the summit, we headed back the way we came up. At 5.25 miles, we opted to turn left and take a loop back to Dreamy Draw. It meant less climbing, which was fine since the sun was higher in the sky and a stop at Cartel Coffee Lab was on our mind.

In the end, we logged 6.6 miles and explored another way to reach Piestewa Peak.

Piestewa Peak via Dreamy Draw Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: piestewa-peak-from-dreamy-draw-111719-70040am.gpx

 

Piestewa Peak via Dreamy Draw Tips & Resources

  • Parking at Dreamy Draw was free at the time of writing
  • Official City of Phoenix Dreamy Draw Trails website
  • On this particular route, the only bathroom facility was near the Dreamy Draw parking area.
  • There is no water along the trail. Bring at least two liters.
  • This trail is exposed. We had shade from the sun when it was low in the sky, but as it rose, there’s no escaping it. Wear sunscreen and sun protection.

Piestewa Peak is part of the Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a great way to challenge yourself physically while helping fundraise for Big City Mountaineers.

Piestewa Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85020″]

Originally hiked on November 17, 2019 with Richard Oppelaar.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-from-dreamy-draw/feed/ 1
Hiking Volcan Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2020 20:12:13 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=426527 Hiking Volcan Mountain near Julian

The Volcan Mountains are a relatively small range about 13 miles long and 7.5 miles wide. Located east of San Diego, near the town of Julian, this hike up Volcan Mountain gives you a perfect excuse for a weekend trip rewarded with a slice of Julian apple pie. The out-and-back double-track trail has and entrance designed by a renown sculptor, several marked view points, interesting historical sites, and views that on a clear day stretch from Catalina Island to the Salton Sea.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,353′
Distance: 5.1 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,170 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
This peak is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and the moderate length and climb makes it a perfect introduction to peak bagging. Joan and I took our 16-month labradoodle on this hike (she’s in training for longer hikes) and it fit perfectly within her capabilities.

Getting to Volcan Mountain

The entrance to the Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve is located at 1209 Farmer Road at Wynola Road, Julian, CA 92036 about 40 miles east of Escondido. The park is open year-round from sunrise to sunset, though the preserve closes when there is 1/2 inch of rain or snow until the trails dry out, mainly to avoid ruts being created on a muddy trail. The preserve allows dogs on leash, bikes and equestrians on the main double-track trail, while the optional Five Oaks single track trail is for hikers only. Entrance is free, and parking is also free along the shoulder of Farmer Road.

Hiking Volcan Mountain

From Farmers Road, follow the entrance signs to Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve up a short gravel road. Note the hours and any travel restrictions or other rules before you head out on the trail. A short distance up the driveway you’ll come to the gateway designed by world-renown artist and Julian local James Hubbell and built by volunteers. Before proceeding through the gateway, note that there are a couple of port-a-potties off to the right; the only restrooms on this trail.

Entrance to the Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve

In front of the gateway, if you look down you may notice a plaque commemorating a time capsule placed there on the winter solstice of 2000, and to be opened on the winter solstice of 2100.

The main double-track trail can be used by hikers, bicyclists and equestrians, though we saw no tracks or signs of bikes or horses. Roughly 1/2 mile in you reach a junction with the Five Oaks Trail. This optional single-track route adds about 0.4 miles to the hike, and is a nice option. You can take it up, down or both ways; it eventually reconnects with the main trail so you’ll end up getting to the summit either way.

Junction with Five Oaks Trail

Hiking trail up Volcan Mountain

The trail is lined with manzanita, oak trees, and conifers, give you some relief from the brilliant sun. Most of this trail is exposed to the sun, so sun protection is essential.

Acorns on Volcan Mountain Manzanita blossoms on Volcan Mountain

The trail climbs to the rounded ridge of the Volcan Mountain Range, then heads south.

On the ridge of the Volcan Mountains

Along the way, take time to check out the remains of the Volcan Mountain Observatory Outpost.

Observatory Outpost on Volcan Mountain

This site was considered as a potential location for the Hale Telescope that was eventually located at the Palomar Observatory on Palomar Mountain. Astronomers used this an other outposts at potential sites between 1928-1932 to evaluate night sky conditions. The chimney and remnants of the foundation are all that remain of this structure today.

As you climb along the ridge, you’ll pass two viewpoints with information signs that help you identify the mountains you see. Looking to the west, you can see downtown San Diego, the Pacific Ocean, and even as far as Catalina Island.

To the east you can see Whale Peak, Mount San Jacinto and the Salton Sea.

Near the top of Volcan Peak, the trail forks. You can take either direction; they loop around the summit and meet.

US Air Mail Signal Tower atop Volcan Mountain

Near the high point, you’ll see the Volcan Mountain Airway Beacon Light Tower. It was built in the 1920s by the Post Office Department as part of a nationwide navigation system used by Air Mail pilots. These beacons were placed 15-25 miles apart, and there were more than 2,000 of them in operation by 1946, helping pilots navigate across the country in darkness (and before modern electronic technology).

The true high point is obscured by a cluster of bushy oaks, but you’re essentially there. There is a survey benchmark on the far side of the loop, embedded in an elevated concrete pipe-like column.

Lucy at the summit of Volcan Mountain Yoda on Volcan Mountain

On your way down, consider taking the optional Five Oaks Trail for a change of scenery, otherwise, head back down to the gateway to complete your hike.

Volcan Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: volcan-mountain-21520-14110pm.gpx

 

 

Volcan Mountain Tips & Resources

Volcan Mountain is part of the annual San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. For more information, visit sixpackofpeaks.com.

Julian Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92036″]

Originally hiked on February 15, 2020 with Joan and Lucy. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/feed/ 0
Hiking Gray Butte from Smith Rock State Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2020 20:31:11 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=426042 Mount Hood in the distance

Gray Butte is not particularly rugged nor jagged. The soft-shouldered butte is home to a cluster of antennas and a utility road the climbs there. But this 13.3 mile out-and-back route begins and ends in beautiful Smith Rock State Park, taking you down across the Crooked River before climbing out of the park, across a private land easement, and into the Crooked River National Grassland where Gray Butte stands tall over Central Oregon.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 5,108′
Distance: 13.3 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,830 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Fall through Spring
What the summit itself lacks in excitement, it makes up for with the stunning 360-degree views. My buddy Ben and I tackled this during the last days of December, and although it was overcast, we had amazing panoramic views of the Cascade Mountains, from Mount Bachelor to Mount Hood.

This trail is considered strenuous mainly for the net vertical gain and the distance, but the climb itself is moderate, with no overly steep or gnarly sections.

Getting to the Trailhead

We began at the Smith Rock State Park visitor center in Terrebonne, Oregon (get driving directions here). The parking at this popular park fills up early, especially on nice weekends. In late December, we had plenty of parking, although it was full by the time we returned to our car in the afternoon. If you don’t have an annual Oregon State Parks pass, there is a self-serve fee station where you can purchase a day pass to put on your dashboard. At the time of writing, it cost $5 to park for the day, a one-year Oregon Park State Pass was $30 and a two-year pass $50. Annual passes are available for sale in the Visitor Center when it’s open.

Hiking to Gray Butte

Beginning at the Visitor Center, head about 0.2 miles north on the Rim Rock Trail (parallel to the road), then turn left (northwest) on the Valley Trail. This begins as a paved trail and is a magnet for tourists as it’s the main route down to the river. There is a pit toilet just before the bridge should you need it. The views of the canyon from the bridge never fail to amaze.

Crossing the Crooked River in Smith Rock State Park

Once you cross the bridge, turn right and follow the Wolf Tree Trail.

Wolf Tree Trail

This trail winds along beside the Crooked River for about 1.25 miles before connecting with the Burma Road Trail. Now the climbing begins.

A little snow on the trail Starting the climb on the Burma Road Trail Lower Burma Road

The trail exits Smith Rock State Park and follows Burma Road alongside a canal that actually tunnels through the mountain. You climb two switchbacks on this double-track utility road, with the views opening up as you climb higher. From here you get an incredible view of not only Smith Rock State Park, but the Cascade Range to the west.

Smith Rock and the Cascade Mountains

Look closely at this photo and check out the “wave”-like clouds in the distance. I had never seen anything like them before.

At roughly 2.25 miles in you reach the junction with the Summit Trail (which descends to the left and you do not take) and the Gray Butte Trail to the right. The next three miles are relatively flat as the trail winds long the north-face of Eagle’s Nest to the Gray Butte Saddle Junction.

Panoramic view of the Cascades from the Gray Butte Trail Livestock gate

From the junction, you have two options. There is a trail that winds around the north side of Gray Butte, or you can take the double-track utility road up the south side. We opted to turn left on the dirt double-track and follow that to the summit, since there had been some snow recently and the north side was certain to hold more of it.

Looking down the trail as we climb Gray Butte

This winds its way up to the summit where there is a small cluster of antennas. This rounded summit of Gray Butte is 5,108′ high with 1,908′ of prominence, making it a great spot for 360-degree views of much of Central Oregon.

Mount Hood in the distance Jeff and Ben at the summit

The summit is a great place to take a break and refuel. You have hiked half the total distance. The trip back is mostly downhill, with a climb out of the canyon from Smith Rock at the very end. This is also where Ben and agreed this would be a fun mountain bike trek, and in fact, mountain bikes and horses are allowed.

We hiked this in late December and once we headed uphill, only saw two people on the way. On our way back, we began to see more and more people, especially as we got back to Smith Rock State Park.

This trail was a great way to get a good overview of Smith Rock State Park, but kept away from the crowds for 99% of the route.

Gray Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: smith-rock-welcome-center-to-gray-butte.gpx

 

Additional Gray Butte Tips and Resources

Smith Rock State Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97760″]

Originally hiked on December 27, 2019. Special thanks to my friend Ben for joining me! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/feed/ 0
8 Days Hiking the Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge https://socalhiker.net/8-days-hiking-the-arizona-winter-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge/ https://socalhiker.net/8-days-hiking-the-arizona-winter-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge/#respond Sun, 27 Oct 2019 15:54:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406713 Hiking the Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge in 8 Days

2019 was the first year for the Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, featuring six iconic hikes based around Phoenix and Tucson. Until this past January, I had never done much hiking in Arizona. The challenge provided the perfect excuse to get acquainted with this beautiful area.

For this trip, I flew into Phoenix and rented a camper van from Escape Campervans. I had never tried traveling via a camper van before, and figured this would be a perfect opportunity. I could camp, hike, and spread the word about the latest challenge in the series.

The six hikes in this winter challenge (which runs from November 1st to April 30th) include Piestewa PeakCamelback MountainFremont SaddlePicacho PeakWasson Peak, and Flatiron.

My plan was to hike one per day, with work days in between each pair of hikes; two days of hiking, one off, and repeat until complete–a total of eight days.

On the off days, I met with local hiking friends and visited local outdoor retailers to share information about the challenge. A number of people have hiked this over three days, tackling two hikes per day. Our Arizona ambassador Richard completed the entire challenge in 18 hours and 26 minutes. I wanted to take a more relaxed pace and have a chance to check out the area, especially since it was my first time hiking around Phoenix and Tucson.

Rather than complete them in order from easiest to most challenging, I grouped them by geography, then ranked from shorter to longer and harder. The first two were Piestewa and Camelback, which are both in the city of Phoenix, and very popular. My first challenge with the camping idea is that there really isn’t camping in the city. I ended up getting a campsite about an hour north of Phoenix  (which I wouldn’t recommend doing again). My plan was to hike Piestewa to catch the sunset on Saturday, then Camelback for sunrise on Sunday.

Piestewa Peak

Piestewa Peak
Distance: 2.2 miles
Elevation gain: 1,112 ft

Hiking to Piestewa Peak in the Phoenix Mountains Preserve
Piestewa Peak Trail Guide

That afternoon, I stopped by Culinary Dropout at The Yard for a late lunch. It’s a really cool place either before or after hiking, with lots of covered outdoor seating. I could’ve hiked the trail earlier, but I was really hoping to capture an epic Arizona sunset.

After fueling up and driving to the park, I took Trail 300 to the summit, the most direct route. The main parking lot was being expanded and was closed for construction, so I ended up parking about 1/2 mile further away. There were plenty of people on this trail, and it’s fairly obvious that a lot of people use it as part of their normal workout schedule. And it’s a great substitute for the Stairmaster, with much better views.

Looking up at Piestewa Peak Is Piestewa Peak extremely difficult? Watching hikers make the final scramble up Piestewa Peak Standing on the summit of Piestewa Peak

Sunset from Piestewa Peak

The sunset was beautiful. Not as beautiful as some hikers on Piestewa have captured, but much more interesting than the midday sun. My aprés hike dinner? At nearby San Tan Brewery, washed down with a well-earned IPA.

Camelback Mountain

Camelback Mountain
Distance: 2.8 miles
Elevation gain: 1,246 ft

Hiking to Camelback Mountain via the Cholla Trail
Camelback Mountain Trail Guide

Sunday morning, I woke before dawn and headed to the street parking about 1/2 a mile away from the Cholla Trail up Camelback Mountain. The trailhead is in a neighborhood of expensive homes, and parking is not allowed there. You can’t even have Uber pick you up or drop you off there. You have to park 1/2 a mile (or more) away on the closest major street and walk to the trailhead. This is another very popular trail, but if you start early (i.e. just before sunrise) you won’t notice the crowds until you reach the summit.

I was surprised by some of the scrambling that’s required for the final climb to the summit. Watch for the paint spots on the rocks that mark the easiest route, and take your time.

Saguaro at sunrise from Camelback Mountain

Looking at the hump of Camelback Mountain Obligatory summit selfie atop Camelback Mountain You can see downtown Phoenix in the distance R Scott Jones

I was back down the mountain in time for breakfast at Morning Squeeze in Scottsdale and a celebratory Bloody Mary.

Monday was a work day, but also a chance to meetup with an online friend. Before I drove down to Picacho State Park for my next camping spot, I met up with R Scott Jones for a chance to sample local craft beer at Arizona Wilderness Brewing.

Scott is a big fan of challenges of another sort. He recently completed a long-time goal of visiting all National Park entities (includes National Monuments and other properties that aren’t specifically called National Parks). And that’s just one of his many quests. We have known each other online for a long time, but this was our first face to face encounter.

After more work (and coffee) I pointed the campervan south and headed to Picacho Peak State Park.

Picacho Peak

Picacho Peak
Distance: 2.4 miles
Elevation gain: 1,986 ft

Hiking Picacho Peak via the Hunter Trail
Picacho Peak Trail Guide

I arrived with time to spare, and thought might just as well head up. I might be able to reach the peak and get back down before sundown (when the trail closes). Just as I had passed the final junction before the last climb to the summit, I heard someone shouting for “help” down below. I couldn’t see them at first, and started to descend via the alternate trail to see what was wrong. I met up with a older couple on a blind date. They had overshot the trail on their descent, and were stuck in steep scree surrounded by cactus. I helped them get back on the actual trail, and ended up hiking with them out to the trailhead and made sure they got back to their car safely. The summit would wait.

The next morning I woke at sunrise and was blown away by the colors in the sky. It was going to be an epic day.

Picacho Peak isn’t particularly long, but it’s a fun and challenging hike. I knew going in that there were cables to help you up and down various sections of this mountain, but I underestimated how steep and even a little scary they would be. This was very similar to the experience of climbing Angels Landing in Zion National Park, but even steeper (if you can imagine).

Picacho Peak from my camp site

Picacho Peak from my camp site Sunrise at Picacho State Park

The campground at Picacho Peak State Park was designed mainly for RVs, with electrical hookups at each site. And the bathroom was super clean, with hot showers. I would highly recommend camping here. I stayed for three nights, using this as a base not only for Picacho Peak but also Wasson Peak near Tucson (roughly an hour south).

Wasson Peak

Wasson Peak
Distance: 7.7 miles
Elevation gain: 1,886 ft

Hiking to Wasson Peak in Saguaro National Park
Wasson Peak Trail Guide

My next peak in the tour was in Saguaro National Park. This park is unique in that there are two, separate districts located on opposite sides of Tucson. Wasson Peak is in the Tucson Mountain District west of the city, and the King Canyon Trailhead is actually just outside of the park. The trailhead was almost full, even midweek.

The trail itself was a breeze in contrast the the cable climb up Picacho on the previous day. The saguaros made the hills look like pin cushions. I had the summit to myself for about 10 minutes, then headed back down.

Final Approach to Wasson Peak

Looking South from the trail up Wasson Peak Up the ridge toward Wasson Peak At the summit of Wasson Peak Adam Nutting

After the hike, I headed into Tucson. Got a little work done at a coffeeshop, then met up with an outdoor blogger friend from Tucson, Adam Nutting at Truland Burgers & Greens. You can find him in Instagram at hikingthetrail, which also happens to be the name of his blog. My wife and I had met Adam once before on our last trip to Tucson, so it wasn’t our first face-to-face, but it’s always great to catch up over a meal and a cold beverage.

I spent one last night at Picacho Peak State Park (which I will gladly camp at again), then I drove out to McDowell Mountain Regional Park for the next few nights.

A Look at the Campervan

When I wasn’t hiking or spreading word about the challenge, I was working, eating and sleeping in the campervan. The van has a seating area with a dining table that worked perfectly for getting a little work done on my laptop. When it was time to sleep, the table folds away and the rear bench seat folds out into a queen-size bed.

In the back of the van is the kitchen, complete with stop, pump-operated sink and a small refrigerated drawer. It worked well for this trip, and thankfully I didn’t have to cook in the rain.

It is considered “dry camping” in that while there is a small reservoir to supply water for the sink, there isn’t a toilet or shower. Each of the parks that I stayed at had flush toilets and sinks, and Picacho State Park had excellent, clean, hot showers.

You can travel with 2-4 people comfortably, although you would need to either bring a tent for a couple of them, or rent the optional rooftop tent available through Escape Campervans.

Kitchen area of the van Wild paint job

Fremont Saddle

Fremont Saddle
Distance: 4.8 miles
Elevation gain: 1,496 ft

Hiking to Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon
Fremont Saddle Trail Guide

The drive out to the trailhead required miles on a bumpy gravel road. High clearance vehicles were not required, but patience and a slower speed was. The trailhead was reasonably busy for a mid-week afternoon, but I had no trouble finding a parking space.

The trail itself was beautiful, climbing steadily upward to Fremont Saddle. It pays to stop every so often, turn around and look back as the views open up.

From Fremont Saddle, I had a great view of the iconic Weaver’s Needle. And the hike back down to the trailhead provided a spectacular sundown show.

Views from upper Peralta Canyon Iconic Weavers Needle from Fremont Saddle Heading down Peralta Canyon

I headed back to camp. The next morning would be my final hike for the trip, and I was meeting our ambassador Richard (aka @foxtrax) at the trailhead at 7am.

Flatiron

Flatiron
Distance: 6.6 miles
Elevation gain: 3,157 ft

Hiking Flatiron in Lost Dutchman State Park
Flatiron Trail Guide

Flatiron requires some scrambling. Nothing technical (no special gear, harnesses or ropes) but a willingness to clamber up and back down is a must. In one of my photos below you can see Richard climbing up the most challenging part of the ascent.

The views from the top are worth the effort, and Flatiron is one of those iconic geographic features that everyone should add to their peak-bagging resume.

Looking up at Flatiron Be prepared to use your hands to get up and down Flatiron A short section with honest scrambling You can see the shadow of Flatiron

Jeff and Richard at the edge of Flatiron

We capped off the final peak with lunch and a beer at Four Peaks Brewing Co. in Tempe.

Summary

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeHiking the Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge over an eight days was pretty easy pace. If I weren’t also working along the trip, I would have done it in six days (or less). You could also split this into two, three-day efforts.

I was really impressed by the beauty of the trails, and I’m looking forward to returning to hike them again from different routes.

If you’re interested in taking the challenge, you can learn more here.

Originally hiked January 12-19, 2019. All photos by Jeff Hester.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/8-days-hiking-the-arizona-winter-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge/feed/ 0
Hiking to Mount Saint Helena https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-saint-helena/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-saint-helena/#comments Fri, 02 Aug 2019 19:53:25 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=412762 Views for miles from Mount Saint Helena

A peak in the beautiful Mayacamas Mountains overlooking Napa Valley and beyond, Mount Saint Helena will give you the best views all around.  In Robert Louis Stevenson State Park, this hike is great at different times of the year and one of the few mountains in the Bay Area to get snowfall in the winter.

This out and back hike begins and ends at the Stevenson Memorial Trailhead just north of the Napa Valley Wine Country. The parking lot is easy to miss and looks like a large turn around spot.  Be sure to arrive early. I have seen it fill up before 7am in the winter. A recent summer trip was a midweek hike and I was the second car in the lot at 6:30am. This trail is popular for hikers, mountain bikers and rock climbers and since 6 miles of it is on the road, an occasional PGE vehicle.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 4,341′
Distance: 10.7 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,119′
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round

Getting to the Mount Saint Helena Trailhead

From the majority of the Bay Area, it is quickest to take 80 East (though it goes mostly north) past Highway 29, and take 12 west until it intersects 29 at a stop light. Here, go right and drive through wine country!  Be sure to scope out ones you may want to visit afterwards.

In the town of Calistoga, 29 takes a right to the stop sign. Continue on 29 out of Calistoga where it begins to get windy. The road proceeds up the shoulder of Mount St. Helena.

At the top, there will be a pedestrian crossing sign promptly followed by parking areas on both the right and left sides of the road, they’re pretty easy to fly by, but that’s where you park.  I passed it on my first visit but it was still dark outside, just before sunrise. There is no fee for parking or entering the park but be sure to get there early if you don’t want to park on the busy bustling street.

Mt Saint Helena trailhead parking Snow at the Mt Saint Helena trailhead

One visit where I rock climbed on Mount Saint Helena, I camped in a yurt at Bothe Napa State Park a few miles away.  A nice little campground and Yurtville where every group had a few bottles of wine. A nice way to unwind after a day of outdoor adventure.

Hiking Mount Saint Helena

The parking lot sits directly across the road from the trailhead and picnic area and is open sunrise to sunset.  Be sure to use caution while crossing this busy road.

Start of the Mt Saint Helena Trail

Just off to the left of the picnic area is the sign for the trailhead, keep a look out for this sign since the trail can be easily missed because it is part of a creek in the early spring and can get quite overgrown. Go right from the sign to start the most challenging part of the climb.

A rocky section of the Mt Saint Helena Trail

From here, follow the gradually rising and mellow switchbacks up.  This first mile is a 443 ft gain and the steepest section of the entire hike.

Robert Louis Stevenson marker

This 2 mile section is under the Oak, Madrone and Douglas Fir canopy, which is a nice break from the hot sun. It’s just under a mile until you reach the Monument, shaped like an open book: this is where the newly married Stevenson’s cabin was located. I marked it at .8 miles.

Look to the right of this marker and you’ll see faint steps carved into the rock; this is the trail that leads to the fire road that will, in turn, lead to the peak.

Steps chiseled into the stone

When I hiked this trail in February, the snow-covered trees made this trail a winter wonderland.

Snow covered trees Blue skies and snow on Mt Saint Helena Winter wonderland on Mount Saint Helena

The terrain is pretty rugged here but once you get through the narrow and rocky section, you will reach the road and follow it all the way up to the peak.

Manzanita and pines on Mt Saint Helena

You will see a trail sign at the trail and road junction which directs you up, so stay to the left here.

Hike a couple hundred feet for some amazing views of Calistoga and Napa Valley.

Friends on Mount Saint Helena

Be prepared for sunshine the rest of the way.If you start you hike early, this section will be forgiving with shaded areas and a nice breeze to cool you down on your climb up.

Be sure to stop and take in the scenery as you make your around the south west side of the mountain looking out to Calistoga and Sonoma.

At about the 2 mile mark, you may see some rock climbers as you pass The Bubble, known for having the most scenic rock climbing views in the Bay Area. If you get a chance to climb, don’t forget to look behind you and take in the scenery.  It is pretty darn epic.

This was my favorite stretch when it was covered in snow in February.  Be sure to arrive early to enjoy it before the sun makes it slushy.

Follow the road all the way up and as you approach mile 4, you can see the peaks with the towers and there will be a junction on the trail.

Stay to the right here and you will be headed toward your summit. If you go to the left you will reach the lower south peak, continue straight to get to the highest (northern-most) peak with the red and white tower.

There are a few side trails that I haven’t explored yet and can be confusing to navigate.  Rest assured if you stay on the road you will reach your summit at 5.1 miles and be rewarded with 360 views of Sonoma, Napa and Lake Counties.

In the early winter I experienced gusty winds at the peak but in February it was the snow covered summit that made this place special.

When I hiked last week, it was about 90 when I reached the top.  I checked the weather and prepared with sun protection, 3L of water and a hearty brunch to enjoy.

There’s a mound of rocks that represents the actual peak, with a plaque commemorating the Russian expedition that reached the it in 1841, naming the mountain after Princess Helena de Gagarin, wife of the commander in charge of Fort Ross on the Sonoma Coast–another place to visit.

From the summit on a clear day you can see Mount Tamalpais, Mount Diablo, and the Sierras! The volcanic rock on top makes a great spot to sit and enjoy lunch while taking in the scenery.

In the Spring, gusty winds can be brutal and once I stood next to a small structure to take shelter from the shade while I enjoyed my lunch. On a hot day, finding a spot to sit on the rocks can give you a little relief from the sun while facing out to the beautiful mountains beyond.

As you make your decent, just retrace the same path you took up, but be sure to take in the views on your way down.

Soon after you pass The Bubble, keep an eye out for the trail sign on the right.  It can be easily missed depending on the time of you visit.  Make your way down the rocky section back to the Monument back to the picnic area.

Back at the Trailhead

Once you reach the parking lot, you may notice how full it can get.  While some have hiked the same trail you did, others hiked about two miles the other way to visit or climb Table Rock with wonderful views of Mount Saint Helena.

All trails in this park are open to the elements and should be taken into consideration all times of the year.  One thing I have realized over the past year is that there is no bad weather, just the wrong gear and being fully prepared with the 10 Essentials with enough water and snacks to keep this hike enjoyable.

The total roundtrip distance of the trail is a little over ten miles. (I have it marked at 10.7 both times I have recorded this hike on AllTrails and 10.31 on Gaia GPS) The grade isn’t extreme, so given the time (and water) most people in moderate shape will be fine. There is, however, added incentive to finish the hike: just down the hill in the town of Calistoga there are many great wineries and breweries.

There is nothing like sipping a glass of wine while looking back at the mountain you just climbed.  Maybe next time I’ll drive down and try a mud bath.

Mount Saint Helena Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: MSH_7-24-19-63815AM.gpx

Mount Saint Helena Peak Resources

 

2019 NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

This hike is part of the Northern California Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in the San Francisco Bay Area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-saint-helena/feed/ 4
Hiking to Humphreys Peak in the Coconino National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2019 00:48:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=409836 Hike up Humphreys Peak

The highest point in all of Arizona, Humphreys Peak towers above the surrounding region. Millions of years ago a massive stratovolcano called San Francisco Mountain stood around 16,000 feet tall, but it eventually collapsed leaving an arc of peaks which rim the Inner Basin. Hike through a beautiful forest of conifers and aspens up along the panoramic ridge that leads to the top of Arizona!

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 12,633′
Distance: 10.5 miles
Time: 6-8 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,406′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Humphreys Peak Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head north out of town on Hwy 180. After mile marker 222, turn right onto N Snow Bowl Rd. following the sign for the Arizona Snowbowl. Continue up the windy road for 6.5 miles. You will come to a sign pointing left that says “LOT 1 Base Area Parking Humphrey Trail”. Turn left into that parking area for the trailhead. There is no water at the trailhead, or along the trail, so make sure you show up with plenty. During summer, there are usually a few porta-potties in the parking lot.

Humphreys Peak Trailhead

Lightning Danger

In the summer season, thunderstorms are your primary concern. Check the weather forecast, start early, pack layers even if it’s hot in town, and keep an eye on the sky for developing storms. It gets windy and cold on the ridge, and sometimes you won’t see storms coming until you get to the saddle. Even if you don’t expect anything but blue skies, plan to be back down off the mountain by early afternoon. On summer afternoons, the summit area has reportedly been struck by over one hundred lightning strikes in a single hour. In July 2016, a 17 year old boy was struck by lightning and died at the summit. If there appears to be any chance of a storm while you are above tree line, turn back and get down as fast and safely as you can, and live to hike another day. The mountain is not going anywhere.

 

Hiking Humphreys Peak

Start your hike from the trailhead at the northeast corner of the parking lot. Cross the open meadow to the forest on the far side, and pass under one of the ski lifts along the way. In winter this meadow is the beginner’s slope.

Crossing the Bunny Slope

On the other side, you’ll find a sign marking the boundary of the Kachina Peaks Wilderness, and the trail heads into the trees.

Entering Kachina Peaks Wilderness

The first half of this route is a series of long switchback, followed by a few short switchbacks, all below tree line. Flanked by birch and pine trees, this lower forest feels like a sanctuary. The trail is mostly clear, but some downed trees remain across the path.

A little beyond the half mile mark is the first switchback turn, and little before the one mile mark is the trail register. Fill out the register with your information, and take a break to drink, eat and adjust if necessary. Where the register pedestal is located is also a trail junction, so make sure you turn left onto the next switchback. If you go straight, instead, you would end up at the ski lodge.

Humphreys Peak Trail Register

The trail continues up through the beautiful forest hitting some rocky and root-covered sections at times, but overall smooth sailing.

The switchbacks remain rather long with a right switchback turn at 1.3 miles, a left switchback turn at mile 1.7 miles, and an easily missed right switchback turn at 2.3 miles. The last one is easily missed because it coincides with an old avalanche path.

When you come to this broad boulder field that runs up and down the mountainside, do not cross it. Turn right onto the next switchback.

At this point you start to get small views opening up in windows between the trees, especially if you step out onto the boulder field. Two more turns between long switchbacks remain – left at 2.8 miles and right at 3 miles. The trail then curves left as views of the ski runs and Agassiz Peak, Arizona’s second tallest, open up.

View of Agassiz Peak

Around three and three quarters of a mile, the series of shorter switchbacks begins. After a couple turns you get to about 11,400’ of elevation, where there’s a sign explaining to not hike off trail or camp above this point. This is because you are entering an alpine zone. Many people are tempted to cut straight up to the saddle here, but you should continue along the switchback you are on. The terrain and ecosystem near and above tree line are very fragile. You should avoid hiking off-trail anywhere, but it can be especially harmful here.

Stay on the trail

At this point the saddle is so close, you can smell that view of the Inner Basin.The saddle sits at about 11,700’ elevation and a little beyond the 4 mile mark. With amazing views down into the backside bowl, here is a great place to take a break. It’s also a good spot to assess incoming adverse weather and decide if it looks safe to proceed.

Panorama from the saddle

Here you are firmly reminded of the fact that you are on the rim of an extinct volcano, looking down into its crater. You can just about see the true peak, but take note of how the ridge undulates up to the summit. When you’re on that ridge, you can be fooled into thinking you are at the top, when you still have a way to go. Also here is a trail junction, make sure you go left up the ridge.

Trail Junction on the Ridge

The species of trees up here is the bristlecone pine, which in some regions grow to be thousands of years old. Continue on the path through these resolute figures, staying on the left side of the ridge. Among the final trees, and above them, there are wooden poles marking the trail at varying intervals. If in doubt, stay left and scan ahead for the next post.

Posts marking the trail

As you climb, make sure to look back and to your left to appreciate the views to the south.

View from the side of Humphreys Peak

You will encounter a few small dips, but the trail is mostly up, up, up the rest of the way. Take small breaks to enjoy the view, try not to be discouraged by the false summits, and pay attention to your breathing.

Several False Summits Nearing the summit of Humphreys Peak

Around five miles and a quarter from the trailhead, you will find yourself standing at the top of Arizona! Views of the Grand Canyon, Oak Creek Canyon, Bill Williams Mountain, Kendrick Peak, and the Inner Basin are all there for your ocular pleasure.

Take it all in, keep watching for developing storm clouds, and return down the way you came.

Humphreys Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Humphreys_Peak_AZ_June2019.gpx

Humphreys Peak Resources

 

2020 Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeArizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/feed/ 0
Hiking to Mount Elden in the Coconino National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/#comments Fri, 24 May 2019 17:57:41 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406974 Looking up towards the Elden Lookout Tower

Take a hike up Mount Elden and perch yourself atop Flagstaff. This route starts out on the Fatman’s Loop, then splits off to climb all the way to Elden Lookout standing at over 9,000 ft. From the top you are rewarded with sweeping views of O’Leary and the San Francisco Peaks.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 9,299′
Distance: 5.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,398′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Mount Elden Trailhead

From downtown Flagstaff, head east on Route 66. About 4 miles from the center of town, continue straight onto US 89. Go just another mile and make a left into the parking lot for the Fatman’s Loop and Mt. Elden Lookout Trail. There’s no sign for the turn, but it’s your first left turn after the McDonalds and Safeway.

The trailhead has a good size parking lot, but it can get crowded. There is no running water or toilet at the trailhead, so plan accordingly.

Trailhead for Mount Elden

Hiking Mount Elden with Fatman’s Loop

The trailhead is at the northwest corner of the parking lot. There is an information kiosk with a map of all the trails, some interesting history on the area, and a hiking register where it’s a good idea to sign in. The trail starts with an easy uphill grade, and after just a quarter mile you will get to your first intersection. Stay left, following the arrow for Elden Lookout. This gets you going clockwise on the Fatman’s Loop.

Junction to Mt Elden

In another quarter mile you reach your second intersection, this time with the Pipeline Trail. Go straight through this three-way intersection, continuing to follow the arrow for Elden Lookout.

Bear left toward Elden Lookout

This stretch of trail is where you’re reminded you aren’t quite out of the desert. There are yucca and prickly pear mixed in with the typical pine trees of Flagstaff. The path becomes a little steeper around the 0.5 mile mark, and at the 0.8 mile mark you come to your next intersection. This is the turnoff from the Fatman’s Loop onto the trail that takes you up to the top. Turn left here, and prepare for the real climbing to begin!

The trail to Mt Elden gets steeper here

The next half mile or so of trail makes six relatively long switchbacks, tightens up for a quicker back and forth, then stops messing about altogether and goes straight up the ridge. Fortunately this is also where the views begin to open up, so any huff-puff breaks are made exponentially more pleasant.

The views over Flagstaff are stunning

As you continue to climb the tighter switchbacks return, and around the 1.5 mile mark you encounter the steepest stretch of trail. After a quarter mile or so, the incline eases off a bit and the path traverses right until you gain a ridge around the 2 mile mark and at 8,700’ elevation. Just 600’ more to climb!

You can see the Elden Lookout from here

Continue following the trail as it switchbacks across the ridge, then traverses left to reach the saddle around the 2.3 mile mark. Here is where the trail intersects with the Sunset Trail, and climbs the final ridge to the peak.

Junction with the Sunset Trail

Turn left at the intersection and continue following the trail up the ridge to the Elden Lookout. Through here you can really appreciate how devastating the 1977 Radio Fire was to the area. But between all the old tree carcasses, the beautiful aspens are taking over.

There is quite a bit of antenna and tower action going on at the summit, but the views are still amazing! You have Flagstaff below you to the southwest, O’Leary Peak to the northeast, and the impressive San Francisco Peaks to the north!

Panoramic view on the ridge up to Mount Elden Mount Elden Lookout Looking down on Flagstaff from Mt Elden Golden hour on Mount Elden Mount Elden sunset

Once you’ve collected your spectacular photos in every direction, return down to the Fatman’s Loop intersection. Here you must decide if you’ve had enough for the day, or if you think you can handle a bonus half mile and some fresh scenery. To cut it slightly shorter, go right and follow the path you took up from the parking lot.

To make the hike a little longer, go left and continue following signs for the Fatman’s Loop until you return to where you joined the loop on your way up. Just after the trail for the KOA, you will turn left to get back to the parking lot.

Mount Elden Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Elden_Lookout_w_Fatmans_Loop.gpx

Mount Elden Resources

Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/feed/ 5
Hiking to Kendrick Peak in the Kaibab National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/#comments Fri, 12 Apr 2019 23:12:59 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406838 Kendrick Peak Lookout Panorama

One of the tallest mountains in the San Francisco volcanic field, Kendrick Peak offers spectacular views stretching from Humphreys Peak to the Grand Canyon. The trail begins in a quintessential ponderosa pine forest, travels up through a decades old burn area, and passes by a century-old historic cabin. At the very top, enjoy the scenery from the fire lookout built in the 60’s, or have a picnic in the sun on the platform just below.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 10,418′
Distance: 9.4 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,851′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Kendrick Peak Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head north out of town on Hwy 180. Continue on 180 for ten miles beyond the turn for Arizona Snowbowl. After mile marker 232, and just before mile marker 233, turn left onto FS 193 – a dirt road with a cattle guard at the start. Go about 3.2 miles until it ends at a T intersection with FS 171. Go right on FS 171, and continue about 2 miles. Turn right onto FS 190, go up about half a mile and you’ll see the trailhead parking area on the right side.

The lot is dirt and all roads from Hwy 180 are unpaved, but regular passenger cars typically have no trouble accessing this trailhead. The start of the trail is located at the northeast corner of the lot. There are garbage cans and a pit toilet, but no running water.

Kendrick Peak Trailhead

Hiking Kendrick Peak

Take some time looking over the trailhead signage to get your bearings, and learn some history about fires and fire prevention in the Kendrick Mountain Wilderness. Ponder where the Pumpkin name comes from, then pass through the fence to start your hike. The trail begins broad and easy in a forest of ponderosa pines.

Kendrick Peak Trail Starts Gently

The path wraps around the southeast slope of East Newman Hill, then turns north with four quick switchbacks. Here you see increasing evidence of the 2000 Pumpkin Fire.

The 2000 Pumpkin Fire is still evident

Continue through the more severe burn area. Around the 1.5 mile mark the trail approaches the drainage dip one last time before switchbacking left. Without a noticeable increase in steepness, the trail climbs onto the southwest ridge of Kendrick Peak.

Climbing the southwest ridge of Kendrick Peak

Once you are on the ridge, this is a nice place to take a break. It’s about the 2 mile mark, and the area is a broad flat shoulder with good spots to park it. After some noshing and sipping, continue switchbacking up the ridge. Somewhere around the eighth or ninth switchback, the trail takes a conifer respite and gives you some birch tree action.

Birch trees on Kendrick Mountain

The trail gradually moves east until the 3 mile mark where it crosses the south ridge, continues moving up the southeast side of the mountain, and switchbacks up to the expansive flat just east of the peak. A little beyond the 4 mile mark you will find an old cabin. Built in 1912, this cabin was saved from the Pumpkin Fire by fire fighters who wrapped the structure in fire resistant material.

After imagining the cabin wrapped up like a giant baked potato, continue west on the path toward the peak. There’s a sign along the trail after the cabin that says “Kendrick Lookout”, and about a half mile after that you reach the top of Kendrick Peak!

Panoramic view from Kendrick Peak

To the east is Humphreys Peak, and if you look to the north on a clear day you can easily see the Grand Canyon. There’s a fire lookout at the true summit, and a nice platform on the west side of the peak perfect for a summit picnic.

Picnic platform on the west side of Kendrick Peak

When your eyeballs have had their fill of the view, return down the same way you came up.

Kendrick Peak Trail Kendrick Mountain Wilderness

Kendrick Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Kendrick_Peak_Arizona.gpx

Kendrick Peak Resources


Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/feed/ 2
Hiking to O’Leary Peak Lookout https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/#comments Mon, 25 Mar 2019 23:14:33 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406771 Views from O'Leary Peak near Flagstaff Arizona

Hiking O’Leary Peak will take you to the edge of a millennia old lava flow, and up high above to look down on the cinder cone that created it. From the lookout tower at the top of this lava dome, you’ll look into the heart of the San Francisco Peaks, marvel at the size of Humphrey’s Peak, and enjoy a birds eye view of Sunset Crater National Monument.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 8,916′
Distance: 10 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,014′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head North on Hwy 89. Eleven miles passed the Flagstaff KOA, turn right following the sign for Sunset Crater Volcano Wupatki National Monument. Continue straight on Fire Road 545 for 1.8 miles, then turn Left at the sign for O’Leary Group Campground onto Fire Road 545A.

The road dead-ends at the gated trailhead after about a quarter mile and there are spaces to park on the right. There is no bathroom or water at the trailhead.

O'Leary Peak Trailhead

Hiking O’Leary Peak

To begin the hike, pass by the gate and start walking the wide black cinder path. The first mile is a combination of flat and slight downhill, as you approach and curve left along the edge of the Bonito Lava Flow. This vast flow was created by the Sunset Crater Volcano 1,000 years ago.

As the path begins to bend northward, Darton Dome then O’Leary Peak come into view. These peaks were all created from volcanic activity, but they are different types of structures. Sunset Crater is a cinder cone, while O’Leary Peak is a lava dome.

The Bonito Lava Flow

Feel free to leave the path and explore the lava flow – the Forest Service encourages it. After investigating the inky dollops, return to the trail and continue towards the peak. The incline comes on in fits and starts during the second mile, then holds steady for the duration. Just before the two mile mark you hit the first of six switchbacks. Here the trees start to become sparse, and the view of the lava field starts to open up.

The views begin to open up at about the two mile mark.

The trail approaches a saddle, but doesn’t quite reach it before hitting the second switchback. This is by far the longest of the switchbacks. As you progress along this leg, look back to see Humphrey’s Peak rise above the trees.

Humphrey's Peak rises into view

This long switchback eventually ends at the saddle between O’Leary Peak and Darton Dome, around the 3.5 mile mark. If you look up from here, you can see the tower standing at the top of the ridge. Go left through an open gate, starting the third switchback.

Go through the gate to the left.

This switchback is about as long as the first. The last three are all shorter, which you’ll find start at mile 4.0, mile 4.3, and mile 4.6 At mile 4.8 you will pass by a final gate. The tower is so close, it’s visible from here!

The final gate on the way to O'Leary Peak

Continue up the final steep finish to the tower! There’s a sign next to the tower listing the hours it should be open and staffed, but I was there during open hours and it was apparently unattended. If you do hike it while there’s someone on watch, just holler up to ask for permission to climb aboard. If not, the view from around the base of the tower is certainly good enough.

View from O'Leary Peak

Take in the panoramic view spanning from Sunset Crater to the south and Humphrey’s Peak to the west. Once you’ve finished contemplating the structural differences between cinder cones and lava domes, return back down the way you came.

Heading down from O'Leary Peak

Forested trail from O'Leary Peak

O’Leary Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: O_Leary_Peak_Lookout_Arizona_8_916_w_S.gpx

O’Leary Peak Resources

  • Dogs are allowed, but be aware that the dark gravel trails may get too hot for Fido’s paws.
  • Forest Service’s web pages with info on the O’Leary Peak Trail

Flagstaff Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86004″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/feed/ 1
Hiking Wilson Mountain in Sedona https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/#respond Fri, 08 Mar 2019 19:28:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406649 Hiking Wilson Mountain in Sedona

With one of the greatest overlooks in all Sedona, Wilson Mountain is a must for any Arizona hiker. This northern approach offers a cool shady canyon start and an up-close perspective of beautifully stratified red and beige rocks, before climbing onto the broad grassy mesa. Pack some snacks, plan to stay up top for a while, and fully appreciate the panoramic view.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 7,065′
Distance: 7.2 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,331′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Sedona, go north on 89A. Continue 3.4 miles past Midgely Bridge. The trailhead is on the left side at the Encinoso Picnic Area. You will see a sign for the picnic area 200 ft. before the parking lot entrance.

From Flagstaff, take I-17 South to exit 337 for 89A South. At the traffic circle, take the first exit following the sign for Sedona, then at the second traffic circle take the third exit onto 89A toward Sedona. Continue 19.4 miles on 89A. The trailhead is on the right side at the Encinoso Picnic Area. You will see a sign come up for the picnic area 100 ft. before the parking lot entrance.

The parking spaces inside the gate are day-use only, since it’s for the picnic area. But, there are a few spots just outside the gate if you are hiking outside normal day-use hours. A Red Rock Pass is required for parking and can be purchased for $5 with credit/debit card from a vending machine in the parking lot. There are bathrooms at the trailhead, but no running water.

Wilson Mountain trailhead parking

Hiking Wilson Mountain

Wilson Mountain has two main routes to the top. The North Wilson Trail is the cooler of the two, so it’s the preferred route in summer. To start the hike go to the north end of the parking lot, near the lot entrance, and you’ll find a path next to a wooden frame displaying a trail map.

Trail 123 North Wilson Trailhead

A few yards beyond the map display, there’s a metal signpost that reads “TRAIL 123 NORTH WILSON”, confirming you are in the right place. The start is a little rocky, but not too steep. Around a tenth of a mile in you pass under a power line, then the views start to improve both ahead and behind.

Pine trees on the North Wilson Trail

As you reach the half mile mark, tree cover increases and you begin to enter a broad area between two ridges. You’ll start to notice evidence that this area burned back in the 2006 Brins fire. About ¾ of a mile in, the canyon becomes narrower, slightly steeper, and the trail starts to curve left toward the south end of the red rock face ahead.

Entering Red Rock Secret Mountain Wilderness

There’s a dip across a narrow streambed, then in another tenth of a mile a larger dip switchbacking left to cross the streambed again. Around the one mile mark, there is a section that can be confusing – the trail makes an abrupt left for a small switchback around some trees and boulders. Don’t be tempted to go straight or right, by the worn sidepath. Less than a quarter mile further you will reach the first of three larger switchbacks, which accelerate your ascent to the next plane. You can track your upward progress using the colorful layers of the  opposing rock wall for reference.

Layers of red rock in Sedona

This section is followed by many tight steeper switchbacks which bring you up onto a large flat area referred to as the “First Bench” of Wilson Mountain. After about a half mile of travel along this “bench”, you’ll come to a three-way intersection. Turn right, following the sign arrow pointing to “WILSON MTN”.

Wilson Mountain Trail Junction

Once you make the right turn, the trail heads uphill aiming just north of the peak. Half a mile from the junction you hit the first turn of a long switchback, then a quarter mile further you finish the switchback turning right and continuing up onto the mesa. A mix of trees returns, both standing and downed, as the trail curves gently left bringing you to the final saddle with another three-way intersection.

Sedona Overlook Junction

At this juncture go left, following the arrow pointing to “SEDONA OVERLOOK”. This is a good time to check that your socks are on tight, because the view ahead may knock them off. The trail rises up and over the highest elevation of the hike, but the real view is a quarter mile further at the plateau’s southern edge.

Be careful once you get to the rim, because it’s a precipitous drop to the bottom.

Wilson Mountain Panorama

From the end of the trail you have spectacular views into Oak Creek Canyon and across Sedona. If you know where to look, you can see Midgely Bridge spanning Wilson Canyon.

Once you’ve filled your camera roll with enough pictures of the panorama, return down the way you came.

Forest on Wilson Mountain

Wilson Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Wilson_Mountain_Sedona_.gpx

Wilson Mountain Resources

Sedona Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86336″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/feed/ 0
Hiking Bear Mountain in Sedona https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/#respond Thu, 28 Feb 2019 18:09:29 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406619 Hiking Bear Mountain in Sedona Arizona

A hike up Bear Mountain is full of rewarding views not just at the top, but all along the climb. You get quintessential panoramas looking across Sedona, up close and personal encounters with red cliff faces, and the most incredible perspectives peering down into Fay Canyon. With this hike, it’s about the journey and the destination.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 6,476′
Distance: 4.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,109′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Sedona, head south on 89A. Turn Right onto Dry Creek Road, at the sign for Sedona Public Library. After 4.5 miles you’ll reach a stop sign. Go Left at the stop, following the sign for Enchantment Resort. Continue 1.2 miles and you’ll see the parking area on the left, and trailhead on the right side of the road. A Red Rock Pass is required for parking and can be purchased for $5 with credit/debit card from a vending machine in the parking lot. There are bathrooms at the trailhead, but no running water.

Parking at the Bear Mountain Trailhead

Hiking Bear Mountain

The trailhead is not on the same side of the road as the parking area, so be sure to cross over before you start hiking.

Cross the road to reach the Bear Mountain Trailhead

The trail begins by passing through a fence on the northwest side of the road, then undulates for a bit before the first steep section. It’s easy to get off course in a few spots, but navigating the red rock is made easier by white painted blazes along the route.

White blazes help guide you across the red rock up Bear Mountain

About a half mile up there’s a steep scramble to reach the first vista with beautiful views.

Beautiful views on the Bear Mountain Trail

The next half mile is a better defined trail, wrapping around the left side of the rock wall you’ve been approaching.

The Bear Mountain Trail gets better definition

Near the one mile mark, there is another steep ascent to get onto the plateau. The climb lasts about a quarter mile, and once at the top you get your first view of the peak and better views of the surrounding area.

Commanding views of Sedona

Once on the plateau, the trail continues uphill through short brush, dipping down three times before reaching the final upward push around mile 2. All the while your perspective gets better and better. There are a few great spots to see the south face of Bear Mountain, but even more impressive is the view down into Fay Canyon. As the ridge your following narrows, the trail skirts just left of the end of the red rock gorge.

Skirting the edge of a red rock gorge

The last quarter mile of the hike takes you away from the precipice, up to the southwest section of the Bear Mountain summit. The end of the trail is marked by a sign which reads “END OF TRAIL”, in case the overwhelming feeling of joy isn’t enough indication.

End of the Bear Mountain Trail

To get back to the trailhead, return down the way you came.

Amazing views of Sedona's red rocks Entering the Red Rock Secret Mountain Wilderness

Bear Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Bear_Mountain_Sedona_AZ.gpx

Bear Mountain Resources

Sedona Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86336″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/feed/ 0
Hiking to Strawberry Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-strawberry-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-strawberry-peak/#comments Fri, 18 Jan 2019 16:43:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406483 Views from Strawberry Peak

At 6,165 feet, Strawberry Peak is the highest summit in the front range of the San Gabriel Mountains, a mere 3 feet taller than its neighbor, San Gabriel Peak. This area was heavily damaged and was closed after the Station Fire in 2009, but was re-opened in 2014.

Strawberry Peak name was given by mountaineers over a century ago because of its peak’s likeness to an enormous upside-down strawberry fruit.

During clear days, Strawberry Peak can be seen as a round bump behind San Gabriel Peak and Mount Wilson, usually visible from the LA basin.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,165′
Distance: 7.5 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain (loss): 2,609 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round (weather dependent)
Though it is a short in/out hike, it is also a challenging one, crossing three different “false peaks” and requires a slightly technical climb with a bit of rock scrambling to reach its Peak.

Hikers are rewarded with excellent views of the San Gabriel and Santa Monica Mountains, and beyond to Los Angeles and Glendale skylines.

Getting to Trailhead

Red Box Picnic Area is easy to reach. It is 14 miles up along the Angeles Crest Highway (Highway 2) from La Canada Flintridge, at the intersection of Mount Wilson Red Box Road. The picnic area has a large parking lot with a public restroom. An Adventure Pass is required to park.

To get to Strawberry Peak trailhead, VERY carefully cross Highway 2 from parking lot. The trailhead is marked with a wood post announcing the Strawberry Peak Trail.

Hiking the Trail to Strawberry Peak

The hike starts easily enough on a single-track dirt trail lined with oak trees and ascends gradually and continues up the ridge above Highway 2. Power lines run along this early portion of the trail, but rest assured, it ends as you go further up.

The Strawberry Peak trail begins

Continue hiking up to 0.9 miles to a sharp switchback heading west, with Mount Lawlor rising just above you. The trail continues to ascend gradually, with occasional downhill stretches which are not bad. At mile 2, you will look south with an excellent view of Mount Disappointment and San Gabriel Peak, and Mount Wilson to the west.

Strawberry Peak hike guide

At this point, you will also have an intimidating view of the steep slope to Strawberry Peak. From here, you will hike downhill, dropping sharply to the Lawlor Saddle, losing some of the hard-earned gains. Once at the Lawlor Saddle, it is a good spot to rest and refuel before the technical climb to the peak.

Continue up the steep ridgeline

Mile 2.5 marks the beginning of the steep ascent to Strawberry Peak. Turn left, off Strawberry Peak Trail, leaving the comfort of the trail. (Although, it is tempting to continue on the right, towards Strawberry Meadow). At this point, the climb is relentless with some rock scrambles, and which you may occasionally use your hands to navigate big rocks.

Strawberry Peak Trail

Yucca, sage and low shrubs dominate the landscape in this part. As you climb, there will be two false peaks that follows the ridge line, and finally arriving on the real peak of Strawberry Peak.

The peak itself is a small bump, surrounded by low brush, and with spectacular views of the LA basin. Some hikers bring strawberries (if in season) as an homage for conquering its sweet summit.

After your summit selfies and celebratory strawberries, return to the Red Box parking area the same way you came.

Strawberry Peak Trail Map

Download file: strawberry-peak-via-red-box.gpx

Tips & Resources for Hiking Strawberry Peak

  • Go early to get first dibs on parking. An Adventure Pass is required for parking.
  • There is a restroom at the parking lot area.
  • Avoid the Poodle-dog bush! Do NOT touch it! It is pretty to look at with purple flowers, but this can irritate skin and cause itching, rashes and blisters. Symptoms are very similar to poison oak. Wearing long pants is highly recommended.
  • Bring sun protection. Once above the tree line, you are fully exposed to the sun. This hike will be extremely hot during the summertime.
  • Carry at least 3 liters of hydration. There are no water sources here.
  • Strawberry Peak is part of the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge supporting Big City Mountaineers.

Strawberry Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”93550″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-strawberry-peak/feed/ 10
Sign-up for Adventure in 2019 https://socalhiker.net/sign-up-for-adventure-in-2019/ https://socalhiker.net/sign-up-for-adventure-in-2019/#comments Fri, 07 Dec 2018 21:18:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406346 I love a good adventure, and part of the fun is in the planning. Whether it’s preparing for a big trip like thru-hiking the John Muir Trail, or something shorter like the Trans-Catalina Trail, I love poring over maps, planning meals and getting ready for good times on the trail. 

For me, joining the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge has really helped me flex my adventure muscles. I’ve completed challenges in SoCal, NorCal, Oregon and Colorado. And next month, I’ll add Arizona to that list. 

In each case, the challenges came with their own adventures. But they also helped prepare me for bigger adventures. Last year? One of my big goals was to attempt to summit Mount Shasta. This year? Thru-hiking the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier. 

At the summit of Mt Shasta
Jeff at the summit of Mount Shasta

Joining the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge has not only helped me gain the mental and physical strength and durability needed for those bigger adventures. It’s also connected me with some really great people. And it feels good to do good by supporting Big City Mountaineers, too. 

This year marks the fifth year of the Southern California Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. Pre-registration is now open, and it’s your chance to sign-up for a more adventurous 2019. Join the challenge before December 31st for the early-bird rates. 

And mark your calendar for our Finishers Party on October 6, 2019. 

A goal is a dream with a deadline.

– Napoleon Hill
Registration for the 2019 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is Open
]]>
https://socalhiker.net/sign-up-for-adventure-in-2019/feed/ 1
Hiking Flatiron via Siphon Draw https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/#comments Thu, 01 Nov 2018 13:00:19 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406130 Flatiron in Lost Dutchman State Park

Located in Lost Dutchman State Park of the Superstition Wilderness, Flatiron is one of the most challenging and spectacular hikes in Arizona. The Siphon Draw Trail brings you passed towering rock formations, up a basin carved smooth by water, and tops out on one of the most iconic rock formations in the Southwest. Keep an eye out for lost treasure as you scramble up this heart-pounding route, but know that the real gold is the view from the top!

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,861′
Distance: 6.6 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,147 ft
Dogs: Yes, but need to be lifted/lowered in one section
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: 6am to 10pm
From the Phoenix area, get on AZ-202 heading East and take Exit 26 for Brown Road. At the end of the exit ramp keep left at the fork, enter the traffic circle, and take the exit for Brown Rd East. In 4.2 miles, continue straight onto W Lost Dutchman Blvd, then after another 3.4 miles, turn left onto AZ-88 N Apache Trail. Go three miles and turn right, following the signs for Lost Dutchman State Park.

Pay the fee ($7 per vehicle), then continue on to the last parking area for the Siphon Draw Trailhead, about 0.7 miles from where you first turned into the park.

There is water at the trailhead, and there are restrooms at one of the other parking areas you pass on the way in.

Siphon Draw Trailhead

Hiking Flatiron via Siphon Draw

In the southwest corner of the parking area there is a small but clear sign marking the Siphon Draw Trailhead. Begin hiking south along the trail, undulating from one wash to the next. Just a few hundred feet in you’ll see an intersecting trail on the left, but you should continue straight following the sign for the Siphon Draw Trail. A quarter mile from the trailhead turn left, again following the Siphon Draw Trail sign. Look up the canyon ahead and you can see your objective is now in view!

Flatiron comes into view

A little past this left turn, the trail passes near some buildings and crosses straight across a paved access road. Keep hiking uphill on the path, pass through a park boundary fence into Tonto National Forest, and around the 0.8 mile mark you’ll continue past the Prospector’s View Trail. The trail continues making its way to the mouth of the canyon, and about 1.4 miles in the incline increases and it begins to get rocky.

As the trail enters the canyon, it sticks to the left side until you eventually reach The Basin at the 2.0 mile mark.

The Basin

This is where the trail becomes more challenging, both physically and to navigate. Climb out of this bowl feature on the right side, following a narrow chute. Continue up the slippery gravel covered slope until you find yourself in a notch with a spectacular view of the Flatiron. This is a good place to take a break, before you drop into the Siphon Draw. Descend carefully from the notch and start making your way up the very steep and rocky terrain.

Stay left in the draw when given a choice, and resist the temptation to go up the slope on the right. Soon after dropping in, you’ll come to a wall that you should simply climb up and over – it has plenty of good footing. Take your time, and look for the path of least resistance. If you find yourself struggling to find a clear route, take a moment and reassess.

The crux of this climb is a nearly vertical wall that’s about 10 feet tall, just shy of the final saddle. It’s jagged enough for decent foot and handholds, but still tricky figure out how to maneuver the first time. The best option is to go up the right side, utilizing the lower protruding rocks as steps.

Remember, coming down is always more difficult, so think twice before deciding to pass this point.

Scramble Below the Saddle

Once your over the crux, hike up a little further and look for a trail to the right that will take you out onto the plateau. It’s a relatively flat quarter mile to the edge of the Flatiron. From the vertigo-inducing edge the view of the valley is breathtaking!

The Valley from Flatiron

Before dropping back into Siphon Draw, consider exploring the hoodoo rock formations back near the saddle. Once you’re satisfied, return carefully down the way you came.

Sunset from Flatiron

Flatiron via Siphon Draw Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Flatiron via Siphon Draw.gpx

Flatiron Hiking Resources

Flatiron Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85119″]
2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/feed/ 1
Hiking Wasson Peak in Saguaro National Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wasson-peak-in-saguaro-national-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wasson-peak-in-saguaro-national-park/#comments Tue, 30 Oct 2018 23:37:34 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406110 Wasson Peak

Wasson Peak is the tallest mountain in the Tucson Mountain District of Saguaro National Park. This loop hike travels along ridges with grand desert vistas and through some of the thickest Saguaro forest in Arizona. The top of the mountain has nice views of Tucson, the Santa Catalina Mountains, and beyond!

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,687′
Distance: 7.7 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,886 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: Dawn to Dusk
From Phoenix, get on the I-10 heading East toward Tucson. Take exit 236, turn Right onto N Sandario Road, then right onto W Marana Road. Continue on W Marana for 1 mile, then turn left onto N Sanders Road, continue for 4 miles, then turn Left onto W Avra Valley Road. Continue on W Avra Valley for 1 mile, then turn right onto North Sandario Road and continue for 9.1 miles. Following the visitor center sign, turn left onto N Kinney Road and if you haven’t paid the entrance fee already, stop at the visitor center after 1.8 miles. Continue another mile beyond the visitor center and turn left to continue on N Kinney Road. Go another 1.1 miles and the dirt parking lot for the King Canyon Trailhead will be on your left.

There is parking for about 15 cars, and the lot fills up in cooler months. The trailhead has a dirt parking lot with no toilets or water, so stop at the visitor’s center if either are needed.

Kings Canyon Trailhead

Hiking Wasson Peak

From the parking area, start hiking up the broad path. There is a split almost immediately at which you should stay right and continue through a gate after about another 200 feet. The trail is rocky but wide and lined with beautiful ocotillo, prickly pear, and saguaro, of course. Around mile 0.6 there is a ledge on the left that offers a great view up the canyon, toward the peak. After another couple tenths of a mile, the trail starts to go downhill and you’ll see a picnic area out to the left. Eventually you’ll come to a sandy wash and three-way intersection. Go straight through the intersection on the King Canyon Trail, staying in the sandy wash.

At the 1.0 mile mark is a turn that is very easily missed. The wash forks, and you should stay left, but then immediately turn right up the dividing ridge. There are man-made steps, but they are hidden in the bushes.

Stay left, then look for the hidden steps on the right.

Go up the steps and follow the trail through all the beautiful desert plants there to distract you from the steady climb. This stretch continues up to mile 2.2, where you reach a saddle and intersect with the Sweetwater Trail.

As the trail sign says, turn left towards the peak. The trail starts to climb the ridge, passing some prickly pear with a sign in front of it that says “Foot Trail Only: No Stock”. If you’ve brought a burro, you’ll have to stop here.

Sorry, no burros allowed

The burroless may continue up this ridge of switchbacks, which is the steepest climb of the hike. The trail levels out just under the crest of the ridge, takes two more short switchbacks, and reaches another intersection at the 3.1 mile mark. Turn right at this intersection and follow the final ridge out to the top of Wasson Peak.

Final approach to Wasson Peak

From the top you can see all of the Tucson Mountains, the city of Tucson, the Santa Catalina Mountains, the Rincon Mountains, and if you’ve already hiked Picacho Peak, you should be able to pick out its distinct shape out to the northwest.

To get back to the trailhead, return to the last intersection about 0.3 mile back. From here you can go left and return the way you came, or go right and use the following directions to make it a loop. The loop is about a mile further than doing it as an out-and-back, but you get to see new things!

If you are doing the loop, go right onto the Hugh Norris Trail when you get back to that last intersection near the peak. According to the sign at that intersection, it is the trail in the direction of the Sendero Esperanza Trail. There are some steeper switchbacks at first, then mellows out and passes just south of Amole Peak. Continue following the relatively direct trail, making an occasional short switchback until you reach the intersection with the Sendero Esperanza Trail. Go left at this intersection, following the sign for the Mam-A-Gah Picnic Area.

Heading down Wasson Peak

The trail descends about one mile to the junction with the Gould Mine Trail. Just before the intersection, you’ll pass by a covered up mine area and the foundation of an old building. Turn right at the intersection, following the sign towards the King Canyon Trailhead. After a little more than a mile, you’ll be back at the trailhead.

Blooming Cactus near Wasson Peak

Wasson Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: WassonPeakLoop.GPX

Wasson Peak Hiking Resources

Wasson Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85745″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wasson-peak-in-saguaro-national-park/feed/ 2
Hiking to Colchuck Lake in the Alpine Lakes Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-colchuck-lake-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-colchuck-lake-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/#comments Fri, 26 Oct 2018 17:59:34 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406010 Colchuck Lake Panorama

Colchuck Lake is truly a gem of a day hike. It is the bigger brother to the nearby Enchantment Lakes, much easier to reach (as a day hike, especially), and some have described it as a religious experience. The glacier-fed waters of Colchuck Lake are an ethereal aquamarine blue. The jagged peaks and passes surrounding the lake have mystical names like Dragontail and Aasgard Pass. It’s a magical hike and a great way to whet your appetite for further adventures in this area near Leavenworth.

Trail Details
Colchuck Lake: 5,570′
Distance: 8.8 miles
Time: 5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,392 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: June-October

Getting to the Trailhead

From the Bavarian-themed town of Leavenworth, head west on Highway 2 for about two miles, then turn left onto Icicle Road. Follow Icicle Road for 8.5 miles, turning left onto NF-7600. You’ll follow this forest service road for 3.7 miles to the trailhead parking area. Get turn-by-turn driving directions via Google Maps.

There is room for about 30 cars here and it still fills up. We had plenty of parking when we arrived, but it was pretty full by the time we finished our hike, even on a mid-week day after Labor Day. The key here is to start early. There are pit toilets at the trailhead as well as a picnic table. A Northwest Forest Pass or Interagency Pass (like a National Parks Annual Pass) is required to park at the trailhead. Permits for day hikes are self-issued at the trailhead, but permits for overnight trips must be obtained in advance.

Note that the Forest Service road from Icicle Road to the trailhead closes in winter, typically November to May due to snow.

Hiking to Colchuck Lake

The trail begins with a gentle, forested climb that follows the beautiful cascades of Mountaineer Creek.

Mountaineer Creek

After about 1.25 miles, you reach a footbridge and the climb begins to get serious.

Entering the Alpine Lakes Wilderness Crossing one of the footbridges en route to Colchuck Lake

Beautiful clear waters of Mountaineer Creek

Another mile up the trail and you reach a junction with the trail to Lake Stuart. Take the left branch pointing to Colchuck Lake, and you will see an improvised log bridge at the base of a boulder field.

Lake Stuart - Colchuck Lake Junction Log bridge at boulder field

Once you’ve crossed this second bridge, the trail picks its way along the base of the boulder field for about 20 yards before resuming a more typical dirt and rock trail. From here, the trail leaves Mountaineer Creek and begins to climb up the canyon wall.

Crossing a creek en route to Colchuck Lake

No campfires above 5000 feet A rock outcrop on the Colchuck Lake trail

This section of the trail has some steep parts, but it’s well engineered, well maintained and easy to follow. As you climb higher up the canyon wall, you begin to catch glimpses of the views that await you.

Stone steps on the climb to Colchuck Lake

As the trail nears Colchuck Lake, you’ll see a sign to a pit toilet. It’s the only one here, and there are no walls. It’s truly a throne with a view! But please, if you need to answer the call of nature, use this pit toilet. Because of the popularity of this hike, human waste can become a real problem. Don’t be part of that problem.

And then… like magic, the blue waters of Colchuck Lake appear through the trees! The trail continues around the west side of the lake. Hike on to find a good spot to sit and soak in the views of the glacier-blue water. Craggy Dragontail Peak lies directly across from you, with Aasgard Pass to the left of that. From this vantage point, it’s difficult to imagine that there’s actually a trail headed up there, leading to the Enchantment Lakes.

Colchuck Lake and Dragontail Peak

Colchuck Lake Panorama

We had a blustery, cloudy day for our hike, but just a touch of sunlight makes colorful Colchuck Lake come alive.

Explore the area of Colchuck Lake, and then return via the same route you came. Some sites list the mileage as under 8 miles for the total hike, but we logged a total of 8.8 miles on GaiaGPS.

Colchuck Lake Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Hike to Colchuck Lake.gpx

Colchuck Lake Tips & Hiking Resources

Colchuck Lake Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98826″]

Originally hiked on September 13, 2018 with Joan.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-colchuck-lake-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/feed/ 2
Hiking Maiden Peak in the Willamette National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/#respond Fri, 26 Oct 2018 00:39:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404450 Mt Bachelor, South Sister and others from Maiden Peak

The Maiden Peak Trail begins in the Willamette National Forest on Gold Lake Road, and climbs gradually and persistently to the 7,805′ high peak on the border with Deschutes National Forest. The trail is well-forested until very near the summit, and well-engineered and maintained. You will cross the Pacific Crest Trail, but the real pay-off is comes from the unusual lack of crowds and the amazing views.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,805′
Distance: 12 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,000 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
This trail can hold snow well into July, but the grade is suitable for snowshoeing in the winter. Of course, the distance would be longer still, as Gold Lake Road will likely be closed in the winter months, but it is doable with proper gear and snow navigation skills.

Getting to Maiden Peak

The trailhead is roughly 73 miles from Bend, Oregon. Head south on Highway 97 for 47 miles, turning right at Crescent Road. Follow Crescent Cutoff Road for 12 miles, then turn right (west) on Highway 58. After about 11.5 miles, turn right onto NF-500 (aka Gold Lake Road). There is a gate on this road that may be closed in winter months. Follow this gravel road for 1.6 miles to a small trailhead parking area with room for about three cars. The parking area is on the left, and the trailhead is on the right. You can get turn-by-turn driving directions to the trailhead via Google Maps. There are no facilities at the trailhead or anywhere on this trail.

Hiking the Maiden Peak Trail

The trailhead sign informs you that Trail No. 3681 is open to hikers, bikers and horses. We saw mountain bike and boot tracks, but didn’t see any other people, bikes or horses on our entire hike–a pleasant surprise since so many of the trails get quite busy. No permits or passes are required to hike this until the Sno-Park opens.

Maiden Peak Trailhead

For the first two miles, the trail follows the contour of the mountain, climbing very gradually. After you cross Skyline Creek, the climb gets a little more serious.

Sunny new growth on the forested Maiden Peak Trail Crossing Skyline Creek on Maiden Peak Trail

At very nearly the halfway point to the summit (about three miles in) you reach a junction with the Pacific Crest Trail. The signage is minimal, so check your bearings and make sure you are continuing in the right direction.

 

Crossing the Pacific Crest Trail on our way up Maiden Peak

The trail continues through tall forest, only giving way to the lower, sparse white bark pines as you get about half a mile from the summit. Finally the views begin to open up around you.

Panoramic view from atop Maiden Peak View to the south from Maiden Peak Mt Bachelor, South Sister and others from Maiden Peak Rockpile on the summit of Maiden Peak Jeff & Joan at Maiden Peak

 

The summit is rocky and (when we hiked it) very windy. There is a rock pile at the summit (along with some rusted junk from yesteryear) and we were able to sit on the protected side to eat our lunch before turning around and heading back down.

The Maiden Peak Trail is in great condition. It’s a long hike, but the shady trail makes it a comfortable one. And the views were fantastic. I’d like to come back and try snowshoeing this on a bluebird winter day.

Maiden Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: maiden-peak-92418-90152am.gpx

After the hike, we took a five mile detour west on Highway 58 to check out Salt Creek Falls. Well worth it, if you haven’t been there before.

Maiden Peak Tips & Resources

Maiden Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97492″]

For more a more detailed forecast for the summit, check mountain-forecast.com.

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge logoCentral Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

This hike is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Originally hiked on September 24, 2018 with Joan. We didn’t see a single soul on the entire hike. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/feed/ 0
Hiking Picacho Peak via the Hunter Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-picacho-peak-via-the-hunter-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-picacho-peak-via-the-hunter-trail/#respond Wed, 24 Oct 2018 23:20:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404564 Golden Hour on Picacho Peak

Picacho is one of those peaks that you look at and can’t tell how there’s possibly a trail to the top, so it’s no surprise that this is one of the most exciting two and a half mile hikes out there. Once you make it beyond the halfway saddle, it’s a rollercoaster of a mountain and emotion. You’ll be thankful for the system of steel cables there for you to cling to along all the steep, bare rock sections. Don’t forget to pack a pair of gloves!

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 3,374′
Distance: 2.4 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,986 ft
Dogs: Only to the half-way saddle
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: Sunrise to Sunset
From Phoenix, get on the I-10 heading East. You’ll be able to see the peak on the south side of the highway as you get closer, and you’ll also notice signs for Picacho Peak State Park. Take exit 219 and turn Right onto Picacho Peak Road. You’ll pass through an open gate and approach the visitors center. Pay the fee ($7 per car), continue forward about 1000 ft, and turn left onto Barrett Loop. Follow this road up to the Hunter Trail trailhead and park.

The trailhead has no toilets or water, so stop at the visitor’s center if either are needed.

Hiking Picacho Peak via the Hunter Trail

There are two trails out of the parking area, so make sure you start on the one that goes right and up towards the peak. There is a very obvious sign next to the correct trail that says “Hunter Trail To the Top of the Peak”.

Trailhead for the Hunter Trail to Picacho Peak

Out of the parking lot, the trail starts with a gentle uphill grade and a few slight turns. There are a lot of man-made wooden steps, some obvious trail signs to guide you, and a few sections of cable that you’ll later laugh at on your way back down from the summit.

After a half mile of this easier terrain, you get up to a rock face and the trail makes a left turn. You’ll drop away from the wall briefly, then climb back up towards the next larger rock face. Around mile 0.65 you’ll come to the base of the wall where there’s an overhang carved out making a shallow cave, and the trail will make a sharp switchback to the right. Continue up for about another tenth of a mile where you’ll reach a saddle.

The view south opens up nicely here, and there’s even a bench for you to rest a moment before the real challenge begins.

Halfway Saddle en route to Picacho Peak

As the sign next to the bench points out, the trail turns left here. Walk towards the towering rock face on your left, and you’ll see a cable railing system begin and curve down, down, down along the base of the wall.

Following the cables to reach Picacho Peak

The trail drops about 300 vertical feet here. As you drop you’ll have a single cable, two cables, wooden steps, or all three at the same time. At the bottom of this drop, the trail turns left and traverses relatively flat for a moment then begins to curve uphill again. There are a few mellow cabled parts in this stretch, trail signs and small white arrows painted on the rock to guide you through some switchbacks, then around the 1.0 mile mark there’s a junction with the Sunset Trail.

Junction with the Sunset Trail

Keep left at this junction, following an obvious “TO PEAK” sign. From here to the peak the cables get serious.

They look a little scary at first, but once you’re in them you feel quite secure. Take your time through each, and use them to help you navigate. Once you clear one set, look up ahead for the next.

After about 150 vertical feet of cables and rock, you come to a large amphitheater dotted with saguaros.

Natural Ampitheater Dotted with Saguaro Cactus on Picacho Peak

Follow the trail clockwise and up around the inside of the bowl. On the far side you’ll come to the steepest cabled section on the mountain. The cables feel nearly vertical here, but there is decent footing up and through the metal doorframe. At the top of this section, go left to traverse through the final cables. Ahead you’ll find a straight drop to the parking lot side of the peak. Turn right, switchbacking through the final stretch to the summit. Take in the 360 degree view from the top of this dramatic peak!

View from Picacho Peak

Once you’ve mentally prepared to go back down through the gauntlet, return the way you came.

Picacho Peak via the Hunter Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Picacho_Peak_via_Hunter_Trail.gpx

Picacho Peak Hiking Resources

Picacho Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85131″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-picacho-peak-via-the-hunter-trail/feed/ 0
Hiking Granite Mountain in the Alpine Lakes Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/#respond Tue, 23 Oct 2018 19:01:16 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404457 The backside of Granite Mountain

Granite Mountain is said to offer great views, but at a price. The trail climbs nearly 1,000 vertical feet per mile. It’s steep, with only a few gentler slopes to catch your breath on. Access is straightforward, with the trail beginning off I-90 and less than an hour east of Seattle. Time your trip right (like I did) and you’ll enjoy an all-you-can-eat feast of huckleberries.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,629′
Distance: 8.6 miles
Time: 5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,800 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: After snow melts

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at the Pratt Lake Trailhead. Heading east on I-90 from Seattle, take Exit 47, turning left at the stop sign to cross the highway, then left again at the “T” intersection. The Pratt Lake Trailhead is ahead on the right. You will need a Northwest Forest Pass or an interagency pass (like an annual National Parks pass) to park at the trailhead.

There is a pit toilet at the trailhead, and parking for about 35 cars. Get turn-by-turn directions to the trailhead via Google Maps. There is an information board at the trailhead with the latest on trail conditions and stern warnings about avalanche danger when there is still snow on the trail. A few yards further and you reach a self-issue permit station. Permits are free and there is no quota, but they are required here, even for day hikes (one per party). Take a moment to fill one out before hitting the trail.

Pratt Lake Trail Information This trail crosses an active avalanche chute numerous times on the way up the mountain Self-issue permits

Hiking Granite Mountain

You begin on the gentle, forested Platt Lake Trail, climbing through a shady forest on a soft trail with the occasional root or rock. On this particular Wednesday morning, I was the first to park at the trailhead, and had the mountain to myself. The light morning rain completed the forest bathing experience.

Starting up the trail to Granite Mountain

Roughly one mile in, you reach a sign informing you that you’ve entered the Alpine Lakes Wilderness.

Entering the Alpine Lakes Wilderness

Another quarter mile beyond, you reach the junction to Granite Mountain. The trail to the left continues to Pratt Lake, but take the fork to the right and begin climbing in earnest. The trail quickly becomes steeper and rockier.

Junction to Granite Mountain

At about 4,000 feet you cross the avalanche chute, easily identified by the lack of trees.

Looking down the avalanche chute

From here you get a short respite, as the trail climbs more gradually along the side of the mountain, and the views begin to open up to the south and east. Here you see the first huckleberry bushes.

As the trail climbs over the shoulder of Granite Mountain, the lookout tower may come into view (not the case on this cloudy day). You travel through an alpine meadow on the east side of the mountain before the final, rocky push to the summit. It’s steep, but you’re nearly there, and before you know it, you’ve reached the lookout tower.

Reaching the fire lookout tower on Granite Mountain

It’s been said that the views from Granite Mountain are the real payoff for the steep climb. Not so much the case on this cloudy, drizzly day, but it was still beautiful, and I had the summit to myself. I ran into about a half a dozen other hikers on my way back down the mountain, but nothing close to the crowds that can be found here on sunny weekends, when you might be sharing the summit with a hundred other hikers.

The solitude was wonderful, but the real pay-off on this particular hike? The huckleberries. I had never picked huckleberries before, and the bushes were abundant. Chatting with another hiker-forager on the trail, this year had been particularly good for the huckleberry crop. Picking them required patience, but I took an empty Nalgene bottle and filled it nearly half-way with the delicious berries before continuing back down the trail.

Picked nearly half a liter of huckleberries on my way back down Granite Mountain

I made good time on the way back down, even breaking into a light jog when the trail smoothed out enough to do so safely. Though I didn’t get the amazing views Granite Mountain is renown for, it was still a beautiful hike.

Still misty and foggy

What do the views look like on a clear day? Check out bikejr’s Granite Mountain photo album on Flickr.

Granite Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Granite Mountain Hike.gpx

Note: my GPS tracker had a lot of “noise” interference from the trees, so the mileage shown on the elevation profile is exaggerated. My actual mileage total was 9.2 miles, about half a mile longer than the posted mileage, accounted for by meandering at the summit and picking huckleberries…and totally worth it.

Granite Mountain Tips & Hiking Resources

Granite Mountain Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98045″]

Originally hiked on September 12, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/feed/ 0
2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Recap https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-recap/ https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-recap/#respond Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:46:01 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404730 Jeff addressing the finishers

Nine years ago, Joan and I were planning a big adventure. We wanted to thru-hike the 211-mile John Muir Trail (JMT) over three weeks. We knew it would be a challenge. Not only would it require careful research and planning, but we would have to train our bodies and mind to prepare for the rigors of backpacking an average of 12 miles a day in the Sierra Nevada mountains. In the spring of 2010, we hiked the first Six-Pack of Peaks. I organized each hike and opened invited up to 12 other SoCal hikers to join us. It was challenging, but it helped harden our bodies for the JMT.

Since then, thousands of hikers from around the country have taken the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. For some, completing the six peaks in a season is challenge enough. Others are training for even bigger adventures. All have created lasting memories.

2018 marks the fourth year of the challenge, and since we’re entering shoulder season, I wanted to share a recap of this year’s challenge.

The SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge By-the-Numbers

This year we had over 1,500 challengers, logging over 3,400 hikes. Of these, 523 have completed the challenge, and that number will continue to grow as hikes are logged through the end of 2018.

2018 was a challenging year due to the wildfires closing access to trails. At one point, half of the original peaks were closed to hiking. Being a resilient bunch, we shifted gears and expanded the options from six to twelve peaks in total, allowing challengers to create their own personalized six-pack of peaks.

Naturally, we had a few people – three to be precise – who hiked all twelve peaks. There are others who are very close, but as of 10/22/18, Santiago Peak remains closed. Kudos to Philip Yoko, Anthony Lopez and Meredith Crane.

We also had six “multi-challenge” finishers. These are folks who not only completed the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, but also one of our other regional challenges. Janet Herrera and Sarah Wright completed both the SoCal and NorCal challenges. Stephanie Mondabon, Jeff Cobb and Allen Harvey completed both the SoCal and New England challenges. And Jae Bundang completed both the SoCal and Central Oregon challenges.

Legacy Finishers

And this year we have a new category of finisher. Seven challengers became Legacy Finishers by completing the challenge in four consecutive years.

Our first Legacy Finishers

Special congratulations to: Jason Fitzpatrick, Jason Sudo, Jae Bundang, Kathleen Miller, Harvey Fiji, Tony Ramos, Kristin Seiler (not pictured) and Kathleen Miller.

All Legacy Finishers get free registration for the next year and every year that they complete the challenge – something to aspire to for those who now have three consecutive finishes under their belts.

Big City Mountaineers

Once again, we created a fundraising team for Big City Mountaineers, raising $10,655 to help give underserved youth the opportunity to experience life-changing wilderness mentoring expeditions. Read more about our partnership with BCM on SocialHiker.

Finishers Party

This year at the SoCal Finishers Party we had 400 challengers, friends and family gather to celebrate an awesome year of adventure. After following along with everyone’s adventures throughout the year via the hike logs, it’s a great opportunity to meet face to face, strengthen those connections made online, and forge new friendships.

One of my favorite activities is something we call Your Next Adventure. We ask everyone to share their adventure goals for the coming year on an colorful index card, then pin it to our “prayer flag”. The responses are inspiring.

Sharing 2018 adventure photos and 2019 adventure goals

And this year, we also asked challengers to bring a photo print of their big 2018 adventure to share. I thought that maybe a few people would respond, but WOW! You shared a ton of great adventure photos.

Inspiring Stories

We all have stories to share about our adventures hiking the challenge. In the forums, I asked for folks to share their unique challenge story, and we recognized two of them at the party.

Challenger Christy Massas wrote:

Charles R. Swindoll said, “We are all faced with a series of great opportunities brillantly disguised as impossible situations.” The Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge has been life-changing opportunity for my husband and I.

In February, my young, 44 yr-old husband, David was in a wheelchair facing spine surgery for back problems. He was ready to give up on things ever getting better. Unsure of how successful his surgery would be, I decided to take a big chance and tell my him about this challenge. I then proceeded to give him the pep talk of his life and explained to him that we were going to do this together, this year and probably get started around May.

I don’t remember exactly what I said, something to the effect of… you’re young, you’re going to get through this and then you’re going to be better than you ever were before. Don’t give up! Fight for the life you want and the one you know you deserve. It worked!

In March, after his surgery, he was out of the wheelchair and using a walker. In April, only a cane. Then in May, we finished our first hike in the series. With each hike, he just became more and more motivated and so did I. What an awesome experience it has been. In September, we finished our sixth hike and believe it or not he was telling me to hurry up on the last stretch.

Thank you for the wonderful opportunity. We thoroughly enjoyed the challenge.

And Challenger Aiden Wiedenman wrote:

10 year old finishersHi, I am Aiden and am 10 years old. I finished the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge for the second time this year. This year I convinced a group of friends to do it with me! We are the Adventure Rebels and include Aiden Wiedenman, Landen Minick, Henry Valdivia, Rich Cunningham, and Gavin Thompson, all age 10!

As Henry said (in his post in the forum) we had some great adventures along the way and usually celebrated with ginger beer in the peak.

These are just two of the many inspiring stories I’ve heard from this year’s challenge, and one of the reasons I meeting you and hearing your tales from the trails.

Giveaway Winners

We held our gear giveaway drawing at the party with two big winners! Challenger Ivan Marcos Trejo won our Day Hiker Package, which included an Osprey Skarab 24L Hydration Pack, a Katadyn BeFree Collapsible Water Filter Bottle, Black Diamond Spot Headlamp, 1L Nalgene bottle (with SoCalHiker sticker), a first-aid kit and a Six-Pack of Peaks “buff” – a package worth $200.

Challenger Skaria Roy took home the Grand Prize. Valued at over $1000, it included everything he needed to start backpacking: Osprey Exos 58 Backpack, REI Quarter Dome 1p Tent, REI Radiant 19d Down Sleeping Bag, Big Agnes AXL Sleeping Pad, Jetboil Flash Cooking System, Black Diamond Spot Headlamp, Katadyn BeFree Collapsible Water Filter Bottle, First Aid Kit, 1L Nalgene Bottle (with SoCalHiker sticker) and of course, a Six-Pack of Peaks “buff.”

Finisher Swag

This year, we have some fresh swag to commemorate your challenge or honor someone special, including Finisher T-Shirts with the names of all finishers printed on the back, a Finishers List poster available in three sizes, and new cap designs and colors, including white, pink, black and brown. Of course, we also have beautiful replica benchmarks and patches for each summit. These are actual size and make a beautiful memento or gift.

Mens SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers T-shirt Womens SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers T-shirt 2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers Poster White Six-Pack of Peaks Cap Black Six-Pack of Peaks Cap We have replica benchmarks for many peaks

More to Come

The challenge is not yet officially over! Registration for 2018 is closed, but you can still log your hikes all the way through the end of 2018. We will be updating our Finisher List, as well as the Finishers t-shirts and posters at the end of each month, so you can still make the list. You might be our next three-peat or even Legacy Challenger!

2019 Southern California Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge2019 Challenge

Early-bird registration for the 5th Annual Southern California Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge begins December 1, 2018, and you can start hiking and logging those hikes on January 1, 2019 (weather and conditions permitting, of course).

In an effort to continually improve the challenge, we will be bringing back all twelve peaks next year. This lets you do the “original six” (for the purists out there) or mix-and-match any of the 12 peaks to create your own six-peak combination. They all count!

I hope to see you again next year, and look forward to hearing how your adventures on the trail are inspiring others! 

Also check out…

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-recap/feed/ 0
2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finishers Party Photo Album https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers-party-photo-album/ https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers-party-photo-album/#respond Mon, 22 Oct 2018 18:26:43 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404843 We had a ton of great photos from our 2018 Finishers Party. Check out our photo album and feel free to comment and share!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2018-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers-party-photo-album/feed/ 0
2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finishers Party Photo Booth Gallery https://socalhiker.net/2018-finishers-party-photo-booth-gallery/ https://socalhiker.net/2018-finishers-party-photo-booth-gallery/#respond Mon, 22 Oct 2018 18:18:14 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=405355 Our SoCal challengers had a lot of fun at the Finishers Party clowning in the photo booth. Here’s a complete gallery of the photos.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2018-finishers-party-photo-booth-gallery/feed/ 0
2019 Adventure Goals https://socalhiker.net/2019-adventure-goals/ https://socalhiker.net/2019-adventure-goals/#respond Sun, 21 Oct 2018 21:32:33 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404582

A dream written down with a date becomes a goal. A goal broken down into steps becomes a plan. A plan backed by action makes your dreams come true.” – Greg S. Reid

One of my favorite activities at the Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers Party is sharing Your Next Adventure. We break out the pens and commit our adventure goals for the year ahead to paper, and share them. Making those goals public serves many purposes, but for me, the act of publicly sharing my goal heightens the accountability.

At our 2017 party, I shared my big goal for 2018: climbing Mount Shasta. When I wrote it down, I knew it was a big goal. I had driven past Mt Shasta many times, and looked up at the massive peak in awe. Mount Shasta is one of those peaks that requires mountaineering skills and equipment, and even then, you may not be able to summit if conditions are not safe.

I completed the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge as part of my training for Shasta, and as it turned out, I did summit Mount Shasta in late June of this year, and it was a terrific experience. The goal I had written on a neon orange index card back at the 2017 party had been realized.

Once again, we asked our 2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers to share their adventure goals for 2019. Here’s what they shared.

Mount Whitney Mount Whitney Sharing 2018 adventure photos and 2019 adventure goals Your Next Adventure

My adventure goal for 2019? Thru-hiking the 93-mile Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier next summer.

What are YOUR adventures goals for 2019? Let us know in the comments below!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2019-adventure-goals/feed/ 0
Hiking Camelback Mountain via the Cholla Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-cholla-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-cholla-trail/#respond Fri, 19 Oct 2018 18:57:19 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404552 Hiking up Camelback Mountain via the Cholla Trail

Camelback Mountain is the most popular mountain to hike in the Phoenix area for good reasons. It’s a fun challenging hike from either side, it has good views of the Phoenix area, and it’s entertaining to compare its profile to a napping camel. There are two popular routes up this dromedary. The Cholla Trail is the more gradual, but longer route of the two.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 2,707′
Distance: 2.8 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,246 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: Sunrise to Sunset
From Phoenix, get on highway 51 going North. Take exit 4A toward East Camelback Road. Turn Right onto East Highland Ave, Left onto North 24th Street, then Right onto East Camelback Road. Go 5.2 miles on Camelback, then make a Left onto North 64th Street. Go 0.8 mile on North 64th and you’ll see a street on your left called East Cholla Lane. The trailhead is 0.3 mile up on the left along East Cholla Lane, but you cannot park right at the trailhead. You must find a parking spot on North 64th Street, then walk about half a mile to the trailhead. For some this is the hardest part of the hike – parking fills up fast.

One alternative is to take a rideshare service (Uber, Lyft, etc.) If you live too far for that you can park in a shopping center nearby and use a rideshare service to get you to East Cholla Lane from there. If you do take a rideshare service, they are not allowed to drop you off on East Cholla Lane – you must get dropped off on North 64th Street. There are often rangers at the trailhead enforcing the no drop-off rule, the no dog rule, and checking that hikers are prepared.

Hiking Camelback Mountain via the Cholla Trail

Once you’ve finished reading all the rules at the trailhead, start up the gradual steps that lead beyond the signs. The trail is very mellow at first, but by mile 0.2 the incline is already turning up.

Rules and regulations for the Cholla Trail up Camelback Mountain

As it becomes steeper, it also makes a few switchbacks and gains the center of the ridge. At mile 0.6, the trail flattens out some as it begins to drop to the right of the ridge’s apex. The trail stays relatively flat on the north side of the ridge, steepens around mile 0.75, then regains the top of the ridge at mile 1.0. This is where the views get even better, and you now start to see the real climb ahead of you.

Where the views start to get better on the Cholla Trail

Beyond here the trail is significantly more difficult. You will want to use your hands in certain spots, and the route ahead can be unclear. Fortunately, there are some blue marks on the rock along the way, and in some really confusing places there are signs with arrows pointing you in the right direction. There are a few places where you will drop left of the crest, but in general you want to stay on top or close to the top of the ridge.

Some sections of the Cholla Trail on Camelback Mountain require light scrambling

At mile 1.2 the trail drops down a little. If you look up from here, you may clearly see people standing on the summit – you’re almost there! Continue straight for about another tenth of a mile, then the route curves right and up to the very top of the mountain.

This peak is notoriously disorienting once you get to the top, so pay close attention to which way you came up. Many hikers begin descending the opposite trail by mistake.

Wow! That view from Camelback Mountain

Once you’ve taken all the selfies you desire, return down the way you came up. There are a few bottlenecks near the top, so watch for people coming up. Remember uphill hikers have the right-of-way, and give them space to safely pass.

Camelback Mountain via the Cholla Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Camelback_via_Cholla_Trail.gpx

Camelback Mountain Hiking Resources

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85253″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeArizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-camelback-mountain-via-the-cholla-trail/feed/ 0
Hiking Piestewa Peak in the Phoenix Mountains Preserve https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-in-the-phoenix-mountains-preserve/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-in-the-phoenix-mountains-preserve/#comments Wed, 03 Oct 2018 14:25:47 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404499 Piestewa Peak

The second tallest in the Phoenix Mountains, Piestewa Peak has a lot to offer considering its location and length. It has great views into the rest of the Phoenix Mountain Range and into the city of Phoenix. It has easier flat sections, challenging steep sections, and a short scramble to the true summit. Previously known as Squaw Peak, this mountain was renamed in 2003 to honor Lori Ann Piestewa, the first known Native American woman to die in combat in the U.S. military.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 2,608′
Distance: 2.2 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,112 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: 5am to 11pm
From Phoenix, get on highway 51 going North. Take exit 5 toward Lincoln Drive. Turn right onto East Glendale Ave, then after half a mile turn Left onto East Squaw Peak Drive – you’ll see a sign for Piestewa Peak at the light you’re supposed to turn at. Go another half mile on East Squaw Peak Drive and pull into the parking lot for the trailhead on your left. The gate for the park is open 5 a.m. to 7 p.m.

If there are no spaces, there is more parking across the street. There is also parking along part of East Squaw Peak Drive, and around the corner on North 24th Place. The trailhead has porta-potties, but no running water.

Hiking Piestewa Peak

From the trailhead begin making your way up Trail 300 – Summit Trail. The path starts out wide with periodic man-made steps and cement curbs on either side, and at a gradual climb. Depending on the time of day and year, there is little to no shade along the route.

Piestewa Peak Trailhead

The trail has long steadily climbing switchbacks, then around mile 0.5 there is a flat stretch that leads to the small saddle. This saddle is the only trail intersection you need to watch out for. Stay right, following the sign post that says “300 Summit”.

Saddle en route to Piestewa Peak

You’re halfway to the top! At mile 0.65 you reach another saddle, but this time the Summit Trail crosses over to the left side of the ridge, and climbs along the Northwest face of the ridge. Short steep switchbacks begin around mile 0.8 and climb until mile 0.9 where a longer switchback brings you around again to the right side of the ridge.

Nearing Piestewa Peak

This longer straight stretch leads you to another set of tight switchbacks with a few railings, then puts you up and over to the other side of the ridge one last time at mile 1.0. Drop down a large step, cross North to the bottom of the final section of steep steps to the summit, and finish the climb.

The true summit is a short scramble up the right side, but there is more area to sit and enjoy the view on the left. Once you’re done enjoying the views of Phoenix and the other surrounding mountains, return down the way you came.

View of Phoenix from Piestewa Peak

Piestewa Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Piestewa Peak via Summit Trail.GPX

Piestewa Peak Resources

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85016″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-piestewa-peak-in-the-phoenix-mountains-preserve/feed/ 3
Hiking Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/#comments Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:31:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404427 Fremont Saddle - Part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The Superstition Mountains are a beautiful sight, looking in from any of the surrounding areas. But if you want to see what beauty lies within, you need to take a trip up one of its many  canyons.

Peralta Canyon gives access to one of the most breathtaking views in Arizona. At Fremont Saddle, you’ll have a spectacular vantage point of a massive and surprising monolith. Often playing a role in stories of the Lost Dutchman’s Gold Mine, Weavers Needle is a 1,000 foot column of rock that protrudes impressively from the surrounding desert landscape.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Max. Elevation: 3,766′
Distance: 4.8 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,496 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
From the Phoenix area, get on US-60 heading East. From the I-10, go about 38.8 miles on highway 60. Just past the town of Gold Canyon, turn left onto Peralta Road. After about one mile the road turns to well maintained dirt and gravel (no 4×4 or clearance required). Go another 6.5 miles on this unpaved road and you’ll dead-end into the parking lot for the trailhead. Get turn-by-turn directions to the Peralta Trailhead on Google Maps.

The parking lot fits fifty to sixty cars, but does fill up at times. There’s more parking about 0.2 mile back down the road if the closer lot is full. The trailhead has a pit toilet bathroom, but no running water.

Hiking Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon

From the parking lot, head North on the Peralta Canyon Trail #102. Be sure to stay left at the very start – another trail splits off to the right direction from the same trailhead.

Starting out toward Fremont Saddle

Around the quarter mile in the trail crosses right over the center wash of the canyon. This is probably the most confusing point along the entire hike. It’s not very obvious where the trail goes – just continue across and up the uneven rock.

Hiking to Fremont Saddle

The trail is quite obvious from here. It crosses back to the left side of the wash again around the 1.3 mile mark, and then again back to the right side around the 1.8 mile mark. The trail then switchbacks a handful of times before turning West for the final quarter mile to the saddle. You’ll know you’re there when you see Weaver’s Needle standing tall about a mile away.

The view from Fremont Saddle can be spectacular

When you’ve finished taking it all in, return the way you came.

Fremont Saddle Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon.GPX

Fremont Saddle Resources

Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85118″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/feed/ 3
Hiking Mount Pilchuck in Washington’s North Cascades https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/#comments Mon, 20 Aug 2018 23:20:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404157 Hiking to the Mt Pilchuck Lookout Tower

Mount Pilchuck is a very popular hiking destination in the North Cascades despite the difficult, rocky climb to the top. The historic lookout tower is part of the appeal, but the real attraction are the million-dollar views. On a clear day you can see mountains for miles. Mount Baker, Mount Rainier and the Olympics fill the skies around you.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,327′
Distance: 5.5 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,300 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-July to October
Although a relatively short 5.5 mile out-and-back trail, you’ll climb 2,300 feet in 2.75 miles–a pretty steep ascent! Adding to this, the upper 1.5 miles is extremely rocky.

As a sign near the trailhead warns, “The Mount Pilchuck Trail is a steep mountain trail that is sometimes hard to follow. The weather on the mountain can sometimes be extreme. It is 3 miles each way and gains 2,224 ft in elevation.* Search and Rescue teams are frequently called to this trail to rescue hikers. Please, for your safety and that of those that may search for you, do not hike this trail unless you are prepared and know the route.” 

I had hiked Mailbox Peak the day before we hiked Mt Pilchuck, and met a fairly new hiker at the summit. She mentioned that she had recently hiked Pilchuck. When I asked her how it went, her only response was “the views were amazing.” After we hiked Pilchuck, I understood why.

*Note that our GPS data recorded a little less distance and a little more elevation gain. As they say, “your mileage may vary.”

Getting to the Trailhead

Head east from Granite Falls on the Mountain Loop Highway. About a mile past the Verlot Visitors Center, you will cross a bridge. Take the next right onto Mount Pilchuck Road. This takes you 6.8 miles and dead ends at the trailhead parking. The first 4.7 miles are very rough gravel, requiring slow and patient driving. The last 1.9 miles are paved.

You’ll need a Northwest Forest Pass to park at the trailhead, since it’s a state jurisdiction (a National Forest Discover Pass won’t work). You’ll find pit toilets and signs warning you to conceal valuables. Apparently break-ins are common here. You should bring a paper map for this drive, as once you leave Granite Falls, cell reception is unreliable.

You can get turn-by-turn driving directions here via Google Maps.

Information sign at the Mt Pilchuck trailhead Official Mt Pilchuck trail sign Ominous warnings about the dangers awaiting you on the Mt Pilchuck Trail Sign the Mount Pilchuck Trail Register before starting your hike

Hiking up Mount Pilchuck

Check the information board at the trailhead for the latest notices for the trail, then start up the forested trail.

An innocent beginning to the Mt Pilchuck Trail

A short distance in, you’ll come across the trail register. Please sign-in, as this helps the rangers keep track of folks on the mountain in the case that someone gets lost (as the warning sign indicates happens with regularity).

The first 1.25 miles is a pleasant, shady, well-built trail lined with lush greenery.

The lower section of the Mt Pilchuck Trail is quite nice One of several wood bridges on the lower portion of the Mt Pilchuck Trail Wildflowers blooming on the Mt Pilchuck Trail You will climb a series of well-built steps on Mt Pilchuck

Then you reach this talus field. Look carefully at the photo below and you’ll see two orange poles ahead, roughly trail-width apart. While at first glance they look like goal posts that you should walk through, in fact, the have little arrows instructing you to switchback to the left. The key here is to pause, observe and look for clues that keep you on the actual trail, rather than just barreling ahead.

Watch for the switchback on this talus slope

The orange markers are NOT goal posts to walk through. They tell you to “turn left” and look for the trail.

Once you switchback, the “trail” through these rocks becomes a bit more obvious.

Yeah, you could say the Mt Pilchuck Trail gets rocky

This is also about where the trail becomes much more rocky, and stays that way for much of the remaining trek to the summit. Take your time and pause once in a while as the views begin to open up through the trees.

The views begin to open up through the trees on Pilchuck

Three Fingers rises to the north

Near the top there is an overlook with mountains for miles. This was the closest we came to a snowfield. There was no snow on the trail for us to contend with, though in a different year or earlier in the season, snow is a reality. The trail is usually covered with snow until early to mid-summer.

While snow makes navigation more challenging, in some ways, the climb (with appropriate gear and experience) would be much more pleasant than the uneven, rocky trail.

Jessica at the saddle just before the final scramble to the lookout

The final push to the lookout tower requires some boulder scrambling.

The final scramble to the Mt Pilchuck lookout requires hands and feet.

The views are worth it. There is a ladder that climbs to the shelter. On this particular day, the shutters were open, the skies were clear, and the views were amazing in every direction.

Climbing up the Mt Pilchuck Lookout Tower Big views from the lookout tower Snow on the side of Pilchuck and mountains for miles Looking down the Trail on Mt Pilchuck Panoramic views from Mount Pilchuck Looking outside from the tower Mount Pilchuck, Yoda approved, it is. Three amigos at the Mt Pilchuck lookout tower Mt Pilchuck - Part of the PNW Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The historic lookout at the summit was originally built in 1921. It has been rebuilt, first in 1942 and more recently in 1989, and is maintained through a partnership with the State Park and volunteers from the Everett Mountaineers.

Inside the lookout there are a few bench seats and displays that document the history of the shelter. It’s the perfect spot for a break.

Note that the Mount Pilchuck lookout tower is maintained entirely by volunteers. You are welcome to enter only if the doors are unlocked. If the shutters are fastened down, do not open them. Forcing your way into the lookout, leaving the doors or shutters open could cause irreparable harm to the structure. 

Heading down, you follow the same route you came up. It’s 2.75 miles with lots of ankle-twisting rocks and roots, so take your time.

Mount Pilchuck Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mount-pilchuck-72518-74001am.gpx

 

Mount Pilchuck Tips and Resources

Granite Falls Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98252″]

Originally hiked on July 25, 2018 with Joan and Jessica of You Did What With Your Weiner? Apparently your name must begin with the letter “J” to hike this. 😉

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/feed/ 3
San Gorgonio Reopens Today https://socalhiker.net/san-gorgonio-reopens-today/ https://socalhiker.net/san-gorgonio-reopens-today/#comments Wed, 15 Aug 2018 12:19:49 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404166 The 1,350-acre Valley Fire near Forest Falls and Highway 38 continues to burn, but containment has increased to 82%, prompting the San Bernardino National Forest to issue a new order that reopens access to San Gorgonio mountain via several popular trails as of August 15, 2018.

You can now hike San Gorgonio via the Vivian Creek Trail, the South Fork Trail and the Falls Creek Trail (on the boundary of the closure area). Even the Fish Creek Trail, closed by the 2015 Lake Fire is now reopened. In addition, backcountry campsites in the newly opened area are once again available for overnight stays.

Zach Behrens with the Forest Service notes that FS Road 1N05 back to the the Aspen Grove and Fish Creek trailheads remains closed due to hazards from the 2015 Lake Fire, though you can walk the road, so consider that additional mileage before heading to those trailheads.

San Bernardino Peak and the San Bernardino Trail from Angelus Oaks, as well as the Momyer, John’s Meadow and Foresee Creek Trails remain closed.

Trails up San Gorgonio Mountain reopen - Here's the map

Additional Resources

For questions about the closure, contact the Mill Creek Visitor Center at 909-382-2882 Thursday through Monday, or the forest headquarters at 909-382-2600 Mondays through Fridays.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/san-gorgonio-reopens-today/feed/ 1
Hiking Mailbox Peak Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mailbox-peak-loop/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mailbox-peak-loop/#comments Sat, 11 Aug 2018 00:33:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404115

There are two main routes leading up infamous Mailbox Peak, and this loop takes you up one (the “Old” trail) and down the other (the kinder, gentler “new” trail). This is the summit mountaineers train on when winter weather shuts down access to higher peaks. And for good reason, the old trail climbs over 4,000 vertical feet in less than three miles. It’s gnarled with roots, slick with mud (or snow and ice, depending on the season). Unsuspecting and underprepared hikers are prone to get lost, hurt or both, and the stories of rescues on the original trail are well documented.

Trail Details
Distance: 8.3 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,237 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round, but expect snow at the top in winter
If the old trail is torturous, the new trail is a walk in the woods. It’s longer, yes, but the gentle grades, well-engineered switchbacks and smooth, nearly root-free path is a pleasure in contrast. I figured for the complete Mailbox Peak experience I’d hike them both; up the old trail, and down on the more forgiving new trail. This forms an 8.3 mile loop that rewards with stunning views (on a clear day) and a challenge.

Getting to the Trailhead

This place is crazy popular on summer weekends, so much so that even after building a second parking area, there is now a shuttle that operates on weekends, running from Twin Falls Middle School to the trailhead every 20 minutes. It’s $2.75 per rider, but you won’t need a Discover Pass.

If you do park at the trailhead, a Discover Pass is required. There is a parking area outside the gate for the early starters. Pro tip: Be an early starter. The gate to the upper parking area is open from 7am to 8pm. You can get turn-by-turn driving directions here via Google Maps.

Looking toward the gate from the lower parking area Hours for the gate to the upper parking area Info on the weekend shuttle service Empty upper parking Trailhead information

Hiking up Mailbox Peak

Before you hike Mailbox Peak, realize that taking the old trail is entirely optional. It’s risky business, so if you have any doubts about your ability to navigate or handle a dangerous, unmaintained trail, take the new trail both ways– up and down. No question; it’s still a challenge, as is any hike with over 4,000 vertical feet. But it’s a trail that is darn near impossible to get lost on, and it’s a much nicer, well-built and maintained trail.

Having said that… let’s take a look at the climb up the so-called old trail up Mailbox Peak.

Continue past the new trailhead, following a gravel road that doesn’t even appear to be marked. There was no sign saying “old trail, this-a-way”, probably to discourage you from even considering it.

Dirt road to the Old Mailbox Peak trailhead

After about 0.3 miles, you reach the information sign marking the old trailhead. Read the warnings. Be prepared to heed them. Consider whether you should really be hiking up the new trail instead.

The main warning reads: “Mailbox Peak Trail is a very steep, wet, unmaintained, difficult, challenging trail. It is 2.5 miles one way to the top and gains 4,000 feet in elevation. Search and rescue teams are frequently called to this trail to assist distressed hikers. Please respect your own ability.”

Trail information at the old Mailbox Peak trailhead Shock and awe

Now wipe the look of shock and awe off your face and decide whether to continue on, or head back to the new trail.

The old trail starts out innocently enough. You might be fooled into thinking that the stories are overblown (they are not).

A modest start up Mailbox Peak

The trail soon starts climbing, going from steep to steeper.

Steep and steeper

If you look closely at a topo map, you’ll see that it follows a ridgeline. The trees and their roots form your steps and handholds on the way up.

At times, the trail become a web of informal footpaths, weaving in and out of the trees in a chaotic fashion. To stay the course, watch for the silver diamond markers on the trunks.

Silver diamonds mark the trail These roots can trip you up, or help you out Keep an eye out for the diamonds to stay on trail

Eventually, the old trail intersects the new. The signpost here (not securely anchored when I hiked this) directs people on the new trail. There was an old section that headed straight across the new trail, but at this point you may as well enjoy the respite from the climb.

Intersection of the old and new trails

As they say, you need to slow down and smell the roses. Or the wildflowers, which were plentiful.

Purple wildflowers on the Mailbox Peak trail Wildflowers with a view on Mailbox Peak Yellow wildflowers on Mailbox Peak Wildflowers on Mailbox Peak

Another 0.2 miles up the trail, you reach a talus field. There are carefully crafted steps up the field (if there hasn’t been recent slide activity), making it a fairly easy climb.

Talus field near the summit of Mailbox Peak

Once at the top of this, a series of steep, short switchbacks up the final push to the summit. When people ask you (on your way down) if they are almost there, you can honestly tell them they in fact, ARE almost there.

The final push to the summit of Mailbox Peak

And then, the mailbox appears. And the views open up. On this particular day, it felt like we could reach out and touch Mount Rainier.

The eponymous mailbox Author at the summit of Mailbox Peak Northern view from Mailbox Peak Mount Ranier to the south

This is the spot to pause, hydrate, refuel and recharge. Soak in those views (on a clear day) or catch your breath (on ANY day). Make a new friend. Odds are good that you won’t have the summit to yourself.

Heading down, you retrace your steps back to the bottom of the talus field, this time following the well-built and easy-to-hike new trail.

Taking the new trail down from Mailbox Peak

Yes, the new trail is twice as long, but it is kinder to your knees, hips, and feet. There are stretches were you might even break into a jog. It’s a really pleasant hiking experience.

One of several bridges on the new Mailbox Peak trail Berries along the new Mailbox Peak trail

Once back at the bottom, kick the dust (or mud) off your shoes and head to Twede’s Cafe in North Bend for a celebratory slice of Twin Peaks cherry pie and “a damn fine cup of coffee.”

You’ve earned it.

Mailbox Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mailbox-peak-72418-62904am.gpx

 

Mailbox Peak Tips and Resources

And for those who were wondering, yes, Mailbox Peak made the cut. It will be on the Pacific Northwest Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Mailbox Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98045″]

Originally hiked on July 24, 2018. I was duped by Moosefish😉

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mailbox-peak-loop/feed/ 1
Hiking Mount Ellinor in the Olympic National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/#comments Fri, 10 Aug 2018 00:14:04 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404004 Looking northwest from the summit of Mt Ellinor

Mount Ellinor stands nearly 6,000′ above sea level, a prominent sentinel at the south-eastern corner of the Olympic Peninsula. The trail up Mt. Ellinor has a reputation for being steep, but rewarding with terrific views. It’s also considered one of the best places in Washington to spy mountain goats. Ellinor delivered on all points.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,952′
Distance: 6.6 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,286 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
Ellinor was our third peak in as many days. We were scouting peaks for a Pacific Northwest edition of the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and our Seattle-area friend Moosefish sent us up this mountain.

There are two main trailheads that lead to the summit during summer months: the Lower and Upper trailhead. The Upper Trailhead starts higher at 3,500 feet, shaving 900 feet of vertical climb and three miles off the hike. But it also requires a Northwest Forest Pass for parking. We chose the Lower Trailhead. No special pass is required for parking, it’s a little more of a climb (let’s make it MORE challenging), and it starts out more gently, giving you a chance to warm up your legs before tackling the really steep stuff.

Getting to the Trailhead

Take North Lake Cushman Road west from Hoodsport for 9.2 miles. When you reach the “T” intersection, you’ll see a sign to the right for Mount Ellinor. Here the road becomes a washboard gravel road. In dry conditions, a 2WD sedan will have no issues, you’ll just need to take your time, as it’s 6.2 miles of dusty gravel to the trailhead, including a hard left turn that was unsigned when we drove up (thankfully we had programmed the directions into our iPhone beforehand). Your best bet? Get turn-by-turn driving directions via Google Maps.

There was plenty of parking when we arrived on a July midweek morning, but this is a popular trail, so expect bigger crowds on the weekends.

Parking at the Lower Trailhead for Mt Ellinor The trailhead is on the left (west) side of the road Information sign just a short way up the trailhead

Hiking up Mount Ellinor

The Mount Ellinor Trail starts out with a relatively gentle climb through old growth forest. There is plenty of shade, ferns and even the occasional bench conveniently located when you need to rest.

Just a walk in the woods on Mt Ellinor Shady lower trail up Mt Ellinor One of the many benches on the Mt Ellinor Trail

After about 1.5 miles and roughly 1,000 feet of vertical, you’ll reach a junction with the Upper Trail.

Junction with the upper trail

From here to the top, both trails follow the same route. And it begins to get steeper.

Steps cut into the trail up Ellinor

The trail continues up forested switchbacks, reaching an overlook at about 4,500 feet. If you look closely, you can see Mount Ranier in the hazy distance.

An overlook at about 4,500 feet

From here, there’s only about a mile to the summit, but you’ll gain nearly 1,500 feet. And most of that is above the timberline.

Looking back toward Lake Cushman, you can see hikers ascending what looks like a scramble, but there are actually carefully crafted steps. Sometimes you have to pause to find them, but they are there, thanks to the excellent work of the Mount Rose Trail Crew.

This looks like a scramble, but there ARE steps if you look carefully.

The trail reaches a traverse with carefully built steps. It’s hot and exposed, but there are wildflowers and the notch ahead makes a great spot to rest for the final push to the summit.

The trail to the notch

And looking back down from the notch, at the hikers slogging their way uphill. You are almost to the top from this point.

Hot and exposed up this stretch of the Mt Ellinor trail

From the notch, there are a few more steep switchbacks, then the trail winds around and up to the summit. On a clear day, the views are incredible.

Mount Olympus, as seen from the top of Mount Ellinor

Mount Olympus, as seen from the summit of Mount Ellinor

When I reached the top, I didn’t see any mountain goats right away, but other hikers confirmed that there were several in the area. Sure enough, this goat strolled right past the summit, and struck a pose nearby.

Mountain goat just below the summit Mountain goat striking a pose near Mt Ellinor

Oddly enough, these mountain goats are not indigenous to the area. They were introduced to the Olympic Peninsula for hunting, and there is talk about relocating them to the Cascades. Time will tell.

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Mount-Ellinor-360.jpg view=360]

The return hike required slow and steady footwork on the way down. Sections of the trail have loose gravel, and trekking poles would be a real plus. Once you reach the forested section, it’s smooth sailing back to the trailhead. Just be sure to take time to enjoy the views and appreciate the wildflowers.

Looking northwest from the summit of Mt Ellinor

Will Mount Ellinor make the cut for the Pacific Northwest Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge? Most definitely. It’s a popular, but challenge-worthy peak.

Mount Ellinor Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: lower-trailhead-to-mount-ellinor.gpx

Mount Ellinor Resources

Mount Ellinor Area Weather Forecast

Note that the temperature and conditions can change considerably at higher elevations.

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98548″]

Originally hiked on July 26, 2018 with Joan. 

Share this post! Hiking Mt Ellinor.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/feed/ 1
Hiking Mount Bachelor https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/#respond Tue, 15 May 2018 23:20:09 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402911 Hike Mt Bachelor

Mount Bachelor is best known as the sixth largest ski resort in the United States. When the snow melts, the lower half is turned into a mountain biking park. Less well known is the Mt Bachelor Trail, which let’s you hike from the Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway all the way to the 9,056′ summit. Hiking Mount Bachelor gives you a great view of the surrounding area, and puts the mountain in a whole different perspective.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,056′
Distance: 6.4 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,664 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: When the ski resort closes
The key restriction is that the trail doesn’t open until the ski resort closes, which can vary depending on the weather and snowfall for the season. Even after the ski resort closes, snow fields can remain for weeks or longer, so you need to be comfortable with navigating over or around snow (and the requisite skills and gear for snow travel).

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail starts near the Sunrise Lodge, which is closed in the off season. In fact, the entire parking area is closed off, so you’ll have to park off of Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway, walk around the gate and head for the area where the parking lot ends and the ski area begins.

In the trees along the last parking lot, you’ll find a dirt trail with an easily overlooked sign marking the beginning of the Mount Bachelor Trail (download the maps on GaiaGPS before you head to the trailhead).  This sole hiking trail leads directly to the summit.

Park on the shoulder of the highway, and head toward Sunrise Lodge Look for this small sign marking the Mt Bachelor Trail

Hiking the Mount Bachelor Trail

The first mile and a half the trail travels through forest with occasional views onto what would be ski runs in the winter. It’s a pleasant, easy-to-follow trail.

The lower section is below the timer line

Once in a while you traverse an open area below the ski lifts. Covered in snow earlier in the year, now wildflowers bloom.

Clusters of wildflowers on the Mt Bachelor Trail

As you climb higher, the trees become thinner and the terrain rockier. Stone cairns such as the one below help mark the trail. When it’s dry, the trail is pretty easy to follow, but if patches of snow remain, these cairns help you stay on course.

Along the route, watch for rock cairns that mark the trail

The trees thin out at 1.6 miles as you continue across a dirt maintenance road. It’s not uncommon to find snowfields year round here, and the trail footprint may be obscured. Keep in mind that the trail stays roughly parallel and left (south) of the Summit Express lift. Watch for the rock cairns, and refer to your GPS.

As you near the top, the mountain becomes mostly talus, scree and chunks of basalt, but the path is fairly well defined. It pays to stop occasionally and turn around to soak in the views. You can see Tumalo Mountain (just off to the left in the photo below) across the Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway in the valley below.

The top half of the Mt Bachelor Trail has plenty of scree on either side

As you near the summit, you first reach the top of the Summit Express ski lift. The summit is northwest of the ski lift.

The large summit area has a couple of cauldrons with trails circling them, and no distinct peak.  It’s worth exploring the summit area and checking out the views in each direction before retracing your path back to the trailhead.

Summit Express lift near the top of Mt Bachelor Mt Bachelor panorama Three Sisters Wilderness seen from the summit of Mt Bachelor Sisters and Broken Top in the distance from Mt Bachelor Assorted wildflowers on the summit of Mt Bachelor

The return trip is 3.8 miles back down the mountain using the same trail you climbed up.

Mount Bachelor Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Mount_Bachelor_Hike.gpx

Mount Bachelor Hiking Resources

  • Check the Mount Bachelor Events Calendar before planning your hike, to confirm that the skiing is over and there aren’t conflicting events (like the annual mountain running event).
  • Carry the ten essentials. Conditions on the summit can vary greatly from those at the trailhead, with bitter cold and high winds.
  • The main lodge further north on Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway has limited dining facilities open mainly to support the mountain bike park.

Bend Area Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97701″]

Get a more detailed forecast for Mt Bachelor from Mountain Forecast.

Commemorate your achievement with a replica benchmark!

2018 Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Mount Bachelor is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked solo on July 26, 2017. All photos by the author. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/feed/ 0
Hiking Mt San Jacinto via Humber Park in Idyllwild https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-humber-park-idyllwild/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-humber-park-idyllwild/#comments Fri, 04 May 2018 22:19:59 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402681 Hiking to Mount San Jacinto via Devils Slide Trail in Idyllwild

If you’ve hiked up a peak many times before, taking a new route to the top keeps the adventure fresh. That was my goal as I hiked Mount San Jacinto via the Devil’s Slide Trail from Humber Park in Idyllwild.

I’ve been up Mount San Jacinto more times than I can remember, and I’ve hiked from Humber Park, but I hadn’t combined the two. For my fourth time taking the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, this provided the fresh scenery I was looking for.

Trail Details
Summit: 10,834′
Distance: 15.5 miles
Time: 7-9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,125 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: May-October
This 15.5 mile out-and-back route climbs from Humber Park to the Saddle Junction, where it joins the Pacific Crest Trail for a few miles en route to Wellman’s Divide. From the divide to the summit, the route is the shared by those taking the Palm Springs Tram, but in the end, this hike is longer and has much more total vertical gain. And it has great views of both Suicide Rock and Taquitz Rock – popular rock climbing  destinations.

Getting to the Trailhead

The hike begins in Idyllwild’s Humber Park. An Adventure Pass is required to park, and a wilderness permit for hiking to the summit can be picked up from the ranger station in Idyllwild. There’s quite a bit of parking here, but it is a popular trailhead for hikers, climbers and backpackers that fills up on the weekends, so get there early.

Hiking Mount San Jacinto via Devils Slide

The trail begins at the southeast corner of the Humber Park parking area. As always, check the information board for any notices and warnings about the trail conditions before heading out.

The Devils Slide Trail climbs about 2,000 vertical feet over 2.5 miles. The trail itself is well-engineered, with a steady climb that is best enjoyed before the sunlight hits it later in the day. As you climb, pause to take in the views of Suicide and Taquitz Rock on opposite sides of the valley.

Devils Slide Trailhead Information Suicide Rock from Devils Slide Taquitz Rock from Devils Slide Taquitz Rock from Devils Slide

The trail levels off at Saddle Junction, and this is a good place to regroup and take a break. There are several trails that converge at this junction, so look carefully for the PCT trail and signs for Wellmans Divide and Mount San Jacinto before taking off.

Sign to Mount San Jacinto at Saddle Junction

Over the next 2+ miles you will be on a section of the famed 2600 mile Pacific Crest Trail. If you hike this in May, there’s a good chance you’ll encounter thru-hikers making their way from the Mexican border to Canada.

Pacific Crest Trail marker Climbing toward Wellmans Divide Junction where you leave the PCT

At 5.45 miles you reach Wellman’s Divide, just 2.3 miles from the summit. This is where you meet up with the trail from Long Valley. If you’ve hiked from the tram, this spot is one of the first with a sweeping view.

Junction at Wellmans Divide

The trail climbs the eastern slope of Mt San Jacinto, switching back to a saddle where the Marion Mountain Trail joins before heading past the stone shelter and the final boulder scramble to the summit.

Mountain Station and Palm Springs from the side of Mt San Jacinto

Even on a weekday, it’s not uncommon to run into other hikers, even other Six-Pack of Peaks Challengers. And as John Muir said, “The view from San Jacinto is the most sublime spectacle to be found anywhere on this earth!”

Panoramic view from the summit of Mount San Jacinto Always fun to meet fellow Six-Pack of Peaks challengers at the summit

The peak is a great place to rest and refuel. Remember that this is the halfway point of your hike, so be sure you’ve saved enough energy for the hike back down.

Mt San Jacinto via Humber Park Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mt-san-jacinto-via-humber-park-91517-81743am.gpx

Mount San Jacinto Resources

Idyllwild Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92549″]

Originally solo hiked on September 15, 2017. All photos by Jeff Hester. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-humber-park-idyllwild/feed/ 12
Hiking to Rose Peak from Del Valle Regional Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-rose-peak-via-del-valle-regional-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-rose-peak-via-del-valle-regional-park/#comments Mon, 16 Apr 2018 00:20:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402238 Hike Rose Peak from Del Valle Regional Park

Rose Peak. The name evokes thoughts of gentle beauty. But this Rose is guarded not by thorns, but by a relentless series of climbs and descents. In total, nearly 20 miles for the round trip, and 5,000 vertical feet. This is one tough hike.

Trail Details
Distance: 19.5 miles
Time: 7-10 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 5,000 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
This out-and-back route can be hiked as a long day hike, or as an overnight backpacking trip. It begins and ends at Del Valle Regional Park on the outskirts of Livermore. The terrain consists of green, rolling hills spotted with the occasional grazing cow.

Getting to the Trailhead

From Livermore, head south on North Livermore Avenue. This becomes Tesla Road outside of Livermore. Turn right at Mines Road, then continue straight onto Del Valle Road, following it all the way to the park entrance. There is a vehicle entry fee, and (if camping overnight) daily campground fee.

We camped overnight at Del Valle, and started on the Vallecitos Trail. Here’s the location of our trailhead on Google Maps. If you’re hiking this as a day hike, park near the Rocky Ridge Visitor Center and start on the Sailor Camp Trail.

You’ll also need an Ohlone Wilderness Regional Trail Permit for each person in your party. They must possess and carry the permit, which actually doubles as a detailed map and is good for one year. You can get a permit at the Del Valle Regional Park, but your best bet is to order it in advance online. Backpacking permits are not available at Del Valle Regional Park.

Vallecito Trailhead Trailhead Signpost

Hiking to Rose Peak via Del Valle

We hiked from the Vallecitos Trail near the family campground, but the Sailor Camp Trail near the Rocky Ridge Visitor Center meets up at the boundary of the Ohlone Wilderness.

The trail starts out with a gradual climb along a shady ravine.

Heading up the Vallecito Trail

At 0.8 miles, you reach the junction with the Sailor Camp Trail and the check-in board for the Ohlone Trail. Check the information here for the latest warnings and bulletins, and sign the registry before continuing.

Check-in at the Ohlone Wilderness Boundary.

From here, the double-track trail climbs steeply. Trekking poles are highly recommended. 

Pass through Gate RK4. As with all gates you encounter in the wilderness, be sure to close them behind you.

Be sure to close gates behind you.

The first water source is marked by trail marker #39. As with most of the water sources on this trail, they require a detour to the spring, and water must still be filtered or treated before drinking.

This trail signpost is typical throughout the park. They are well marked and numbered, making cross-referencing on your Ohlone Wilderness permit (map) a breeze.

Heading toward Rose Peak

At about 2.3 miles you pass through a saddle and begin the first big descent into Williams Gulch. At the bottom, a season creek gurgles and cascades over moss-covered rocks. It’s a good place to collect and get ready for another big climb.

Water crossing

After climbing 1.8 miles up, you encounter an interesting rock outcrop. If you look closely, you’ll find a plaque identifying the point as Schlieper Rock. And you’re not done schlepping uphill quite yet.

Schlieper Rock Plaque Looking toward Mt Diablo Deceptively gently trail Ridges, bloody ridges Trail marker 36

At the 5.2 mile mark you reach the ridgeline. From here the climb tapers off for a bit, with gently rolling hills replacing the relentless uphill grind.

Climbing yet another hill

At about 7.5 miles, the trail turns right at marker #32 begins another descent. Skirting La Costa Creek and climbing another ridge, the south San Francisco Bay comes into view in the hazy distance.

First glimpse of south San Francisco Bay

At marker #31, the trail turns left and descends to Indian Creek. We refilled our water here, filtering it with a Katadyn BeFree water filtration bottle.

We refilled our water here

After Indian Creek, we had one last climb. At trail marker #29, we beared right toward Maggies Half Acre Camp – our destination for the night.

Left heads directly to Rose Peak. We turned right toward Maggies Half Acre Camp.

Trail toward Maggies Half Acre Home for the night Almost a full moon

Maggies Half Acre sits on a bench just north and below Rose Peak. There are several campsites, a pit toilet and spring-fed water source (again, filter before drinking).

In the morning, we broke camp before dawn and hiked west to trail junction #28, then turned back east and up to Rose Peak. We made some coffee and enjoyed the sunrise from the summit.

Sunrise on Rose Peak Panoramic sunrise at Rose Peak Coffee on the summit of Rose Peak

Fully-caffeinated and ready to head home, we followed the trail east back to trail marker #29, rejoining the trail we came in on the day before. From here it was just a matter of retracing our steps back to Del Valle.

Man-made pond for grazing cattle Early morning light on the trail back A view of the ridges to climb

Our fresh legs carried us all the way to Williams Gulch, where we took our only break for the day and refilled our water one last time.

The climb out of the gulch felt much easier and shorter than we expected, and from the ridge, it was mostly downhill the remainder of the way.

When Del Valle Regional Park came into view, we knew we’d be on our way home soon.

Last downhill to Del Valle

We saw only a few other people on the trail on our weekday trip. The quiet and the solitude was peaceful. The terrain is deceptively gentle looking, and surprisingly challenging.

Without a doubt, this was the toughest hike in the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks.

Rose Peak via Del Valle Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: del-valle-to-rose-peak-12918-104457am.gpx

 

Ohlone Regional Wilderness Tips & Resources

  • This route begins in the Del Valle Regional Park. There is an entrance fee of $6 per vehicle, and additional fees for overnight camping in Del Valle. Park hours vary by season, so check the website for the latest information.
  • If you are day hiking, you will park in the Rocky Ridge Visitor Center parking area and begin on the Sailor Camp Trail. If you camp overnight at Del Valle at the family campground (as we did) you begin at the Vallecitos Trail. Both trails converge at the junction with the Ohlone Trail at the wilderness boundary. Be sure to sign-in on the register at the boundary.
  • You must order a permit and carry it on this hike. It’s only $4 bucks at the time of writing, it’s good for a year, and includes a detailed map, trail descriptions, rules and other useful data. Each person in the party needs their own permit. This is probably the best idea I’ve seen for a permit. As long as you’re carrying a permit, you’ve got a map and all the details on the park.
  • Overnight camping is at designated campsites only, and requires a reservation. Call 1-888-EBPARKS or 1-888-327-2757, press option 2 to reserve a campsite.
  • Visit the official Ohlone Regional Wilderness website for the latest info on trail conditions, water availability, and regulations.
  • Cell coverage via AT&T was limited on this hike. The best signal was near Rose Peak, where there is a line of sight with the south bay.
  • As always, carry the ten essentials and practice the seven Leave No Trace principles.

Rose Peak is part of the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. Join today!

Ohlone Regional Wilderness Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”94551″]

Originally hiked on January 29 & 30, 2018 with Jason Fitzpatrick.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-rose-peak-via-del-valle-regional-park/feed/ 3
Hiking Mount Sizer Loop in Henry Coe State Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-sizer-loop-henry-coe-state-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-sizer-loop-henry-coe-state-park/#comments Mon, 09 Apr 2018 23:08:36 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402241 Hiking the Mount Sizer Loop in Henry W Coe State Park

Mount Sizer is one of the highest points in Henry W. Coe State Park. While the peak is really just the high point along Blue Ridge, getting there and back via this loop requires four climbs totaling well over 3,500 vertical feet, including one of the steepest trails in the Bay Area.

Trail Details
Summit: 3,215′
Distance: 14.9 miles
Time: 6-8 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,684 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
This southern-most trail in the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge lies east of Morgan Hill. This 15-mile loop touches just a small part of the park, but provides creeks, lakes, ridgeline vistas and options for overnight camping and backpacking.

Getting to the Trailhead

Henry Coe State Park is the largest in the California State Park system, and there are a number of entrances to the park. This hike begins and ends at the headquarters, located at 9100 E Dunne Ave, Morgan Hill, CA 95037 – also generally the closest entrance to the Bay Area.

From Highway 101, take East Dunne Avenue all the way to the end. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps here. I got there just as the first rays of sunlight kissed the grassy hills.

Panorama from the Henry Coe State Park Headquarters

The headquarters has a number of ranch buildings. Follow the drive past the buildings to the parking area.

Henry Coe State Park Headquarters

Hiking the Mount Sizer Loop

Hike a short distance back Dunne Road past the visitor center and turn right on Manzanita Point Road. Almost immediately you’ll see a trail marker for the Monument Trail on your left. Take it. This single track trail climbs the first ridge and joins Hobbs Road after 0.7 miles.

Trail marker for the Monument Trail Single track in the early morning sunlight Stay toward Frog Lake Rejoining Hobbs Road

Follow Hobbs Road on it’s steep descent to Little Coyote Creek, then take the single track Frog Lake Trail.

Little Coyote Creek

Frog Lake reflections

My goal was to follow single-track trails when given the option, so while you can take Hobbs Road, we crossed the dam at Frog Lake following the Frog Lake Trail up to Middle Ridge.

Heading toward the Middle Ridge

About half way up toward Middle Ridge, you’ll reach Pahajuello Spring. You can refill your water here, but be sure to filter or treat before drinking.

Pahajuello Spring -- be sure to treat or filter the water before drinking.

Once at the top of Middle Ridge, you get a great view of Blue Ridge and Mount Sizer.

Looking at Mount Sizer from Middle Ridge

Turn left, following the Middle Ridge Trail for a short distance until it reconnects with Hobbs Road, then follow the road down to Coyote Creek. There are several campsites as you near the creek that would make good overnight options.

Middle Ridge Trail Grassy single-track on Middle Ridge Rejoining Hobbs Road Smooth-barked Manzanita

Hobbs Road crosses the Middle Fork of Coyote Creek. You can usually rock hop across this pretty easily.

Middle Fork Coyote Creek

After the crossing Hobbs Road climbs up to the top of Blue Ridge. This section of trail climbs 1,500 feet in just over a mile, and is considered to be the steepest trail in the Bay Area.

Thankfully there’s a bench waiting for you at the top to give you a rest.

Reaching Blue Ridge Road, there is a bench to take a break.

From here, follow the Blue Ridge Trail as it gentle rolls along. You have great views on either side of the ridge as you follow the dirt road. There are a few points where other roads veer off down the hill, but stick to the ridgeline until you approach Mount Sizer.

Following the Blue Ridge Road toward Mt Sizer

At Mount Sizer, you’ll take a spur trail to the north then follow a faint social trail to the high point. Mount Sizer isn’t a peak as much as a knoll at this point, but it is the highest point around and you’ve already done a fair amount of climbing to get here. And there’s still more climbing to come!

Bear left to the spur trail to the top of Mt Sizer View west from Mount Sizer

Photo break on Mt Sizer

After taking the requisite photos at Mt Sizer, head back to the Blue Ridge Road and continue along the ridge in the same, south-easterly direction. This section is easy and the views fill the sky.

Continuing down Blue Ridge Road from Mt Sizer

At about 9.5 miles, turn right onto the Jackass Trail. This single-track is the shortest route to Poverty Flat Road. The trail is faint at times, but you travel through varied terrain and see first hand some of the scars of the Lick Fire.

Leave Blue Ridge Road and take the Jackass Trail toward Poverty Flat Rough, little used Jackass Trail Views of Henry Coe SP from the Jackass Trail Heading down toward Poverty Flat Road Reaching Poverty Flat Road

Once you join Poverty Flat Road, turn right (west) and follow it downhill. At about 11.25 miles, you’ll reach a short, social trail on the left that climbs tiny Jackass Peak. It’s a short side trip that only adds a couple hundred yards, but takes you up a named peak. Or you might feel like they named it after you. 😉

Short side trail up Jackass Hill The view from Jackass Hill

Continuing down Poverty Flat Road, you come across Coyote Creek and a number of campsites, complete with pit toilet.

Poverty Flat Camp

This section was quite beautiful, even before the sycamore trees sprouted their spring color.

The crossing of Coyote Creek was made easy by well-placed rocks.  Coyote Creek is also the last place to refill your water on this loop–a good idea before the final climb back to the park headquarters.

Crossing Middle Fork Coyote Creek

Thankfully, much of this climb is at least partially shaded, providing some relief on a sunny afternoon.

This climb reaches Manzanita Point Road. At this dirt road, there are several options to get back to the park headquarters. I chose to follow the main road for about a mile before peeling off to the left on a single track trail for the final .75 mile back. The other routes are equally viable, but this was the most direct.

 

I knew I was getting close to the trailhead as I began to encounter more people. I hiked all the way to Mount Sizer without seeing another soul. On my way down Poverty Flats, I counted one mountain biker and two backpackers. As I hit the final mile back to the trailhead, I saw several groups of people meandering through the meadows and trees.

Finally, the old ranch buildings at the headquarters appeared ahead.

This trail was a great loop, and I highly recommend taking the clockwise direction (as I did). There are long exposed sections, so get an early start and avoid the really hot days of summer. This trail wouldn’t be nearly as enjoyable in rain, and I’ve heard that the creek crossings can even become quite dangerous during storms. It can be hiked in a day. I drove down from Berkeley, hiked the loop and drove home in the same day. This would also make a great backpacking trip, with a number of first-come, first-serve campsites and reliable water sources.

Mount Sizer Loop Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mount-sizer-loop-2718-73326am.gpx

Mount Sizer Tips & Resources

  • There is a day use fee. On the weekday I hiked this, I had to put my payment in the provided envelope and leave it in the “iron ranger” at the visitor center. When the Visitor Center is open, you can make payment there.
  • I had cell reception on most of the ridgeline trails (using AT&T). But as this is fairly remote, your mileage may vary.
  • Naturally, you’ll want to carry the Ten Essentials.
  • I first learned about this hike from Rebecca’s trip report on Mount Sizer from Calipidder, although my GPS data logged fewer miles and elevation gain.
  • Check the official park website for up-to-date information on fees, permits and events.
  • This trail is part of the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. Join today!

Henry Coe State Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”95037″]

Originally hiked on February 7, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-sizer-loop-henry-coe-state-park/feed/ 2
Backpacking San Bernardino and San Gorgonio Peaks https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/ https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/#comments Wed, 28 Mar 2018 17:17:30 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402275 Overnight backpack trip up both San Bernardino Peak and San Gorgonio Peak.

One of the best way to enjoy the mountains of Southern California is on an overnight backpacking trip. I have hiked both San Bernardino Peak and San Gorgonio Peak both as day hikes and as overnight trips, but since many of the trailheads closed by the Lake Fire were reopened in 2017, I wanted to explore other options. These two peaks were the last two I needed to finish out my SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and with only two days on my schedule to hike, I knew it would be a challenge.

Trail Details
Distance: 30.2 miles
Time: 2 days
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 5,770 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June to November
This route is an “open” loop that requires a shuttle. To get an early start, I suggest car camping the night before at Barton Flats. In the morning, drop one car off at the nicely paved South Fork trailhead, then drive your other car to the Forsee/John’s Meadow trailhead a few miles west.

In a nutshell, the plan was to follow the John’s Meadow Trail up to the junction with the main San Bernardino Trail that begins at Angelus Oaks, follow that to the summit of San Bernardino, then continue on the San Bernardino Divide Trail to camp. Early the next day, continue on to the summit of San Gorgonio, then descend via the South Fork Trail.

Getting to the Trailheads

You’ll need to either have a friend drop you off or, more ideally, have two vehicles. In our case, there were three of us, each coming from different places and arriving at different times, so we ended up with three vehicles. We parked the nicer two cars at South Fork, and the rental car at Forsee Creek. Why? South Park has nice, paved parking. Forsee requires about a 1/2 mile drive up a very bumpy, rutted dirt and gravel road. I was able to drive my sedan back there without incident, but if you have a Mini Cooper or a BMW sedan, you might not want to risk it. 😉

Both trailheads are located off Jenks Lake Road, which is a partial loop that connects to Highway 38 on both ends. Driving up the mountain from Redlands, you’ll continue past Angelus Oaks, reaching Jenks Lake Road West on your right. The east end of  this windy, paved road reconnects with Highway 38 miles away.

The closest trailhead is Forsee Creek Trail. There is a sign for the turn-off to the right (south)  from Jenks Lake Road onto Forsee Creek Road. Note that this unpaved road is gated and may be closed during snow season. The dirt section is only about a 1/2 mile, so it could be walked. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

The South Fork trailhead is on Jenks Lake Road East. There is a paved parking lot on the north side of the road, with the trail itself beginning on the south side. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

The distance between the two trailheads is less than three miles, so if you only have one car, you could hike between the two.

South Fork trailhead to Forsee Creek Trailhead

Day 1: Forsee Creek Trailhead to San Bernardino Peak

At the Forsee Creek Trailhead, there’s a sign with a somber reminder that portions of this hike travels through area scarred by the Lake Fire in 2015. Dead trees still standing represent a hazard, as does hillsides with little vegetation to hold them together in a rain storm. Be aware of the weather and your surroundings, and be prepared to change your plans if conditions do not allow safe passage.

A welcome sign with rules for the trail. Read it. Areas ahead burned by the 2015 Lake Fire. This to-the-point sign shows the way up the Forsee Creek Trail.

The trail climbs gradually for the first 0.5 miles, reaching the junction with the Johns Meadow Trail. Turn right (west) here. You’ll follow this trail for the next 5.7 miles with no other junctions.

Turn right at the junction to Johns Meadow.

The trail climbs gently for the first four miles of this hike, following the contours of the mountain while gradually climbing.

Johns Meadow Camp would be a good place for a first night camp if you started in the afternoon. Water source near Johns Meadow Camp

There are several small creeks near Johns Meadow Camp, so this would be a good camp option to do this route as a 2-night trip. Hike the easy 4 miles to Johns Meadow late on day one, and you’re well positioned for an early start on day two.

Creek crossing and view of what we will climb

Once you pass Johns Meadow Camp the trail begins climbing quite steeply. The incline felt even steeper since we were carrying gear for overnight.

The trail from Johns Meadow Camp up to the main San Bernardino Trail is STEEP!

There are many places where the trail would be slippery with loose rock–easier to climb with trekking poles and much easier than going down. We all agreed that even though it was a steep climb, we were glad were weren’t coming back down this route.

At the 6.2 mile mark, you reach the junction with the main trail up San Bernardino, just a few yards from the rusted wheelbarrow that those who have hiked that route are no doubt familiar with.

From here, we followed a trail we had hiked before up to Limber Pines Spring, where we refilled all our water bottles and bladders. The water would need to last us up to San Bernardino, for cooking dinner and breakfast, getting us up to San Gorgonio in the morning and down to the next water at South Fork.

Junction with the main San Bernardino Trail Refill your water bottles at Limber Pine Springs. Be sure to filter and/or treat the water.

Note
There are a couple of springs downhill from the San Bernardino Divide Trail, but we didn’t relish the thought of going down to climb back up if we didn’t have to, and we had enough water storage to get us through.

As we neared the summit of our first peak, we took the short detour to checkout Washington Monument. We’ve been there before, but this historic point was used by surveyors in laying out many of the streets of Southern California back in the 1800s. To this day, it’s covered with benchmarks datum points, and an assortment of odd pins added by hikers.

Take time to visit Washington Monument.

After roughly 11 miles of hiking, we reached San Bernardino Peak. This was the perfect spot for a lunch break and socializing with other hikers, many of whom were hiking the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Chilling at the summit of San Bernardino Peak

From here, we followed the San Bernardino Divide Trail as it makes it’s way east along the ridge. The trail dips and climbs, but stays above 10,000 feet. There are several trail junctions along the way, all well signed.

The landscape is fairly desolate, but we still saw patches of wildflowers even late in September.

First junction on the San Bernardino Divide Trail The San Bernardino Divide Trail has some up and down, but is generally pretty gentle. Most of the San Bernardino Divide Trail is pretty desolate and rocky, but wildflowers to spring up, even in September. The burn scarred area from the 2015 Lake Fire are eerie. Easy-to-miss sign for the Red Rock Flat Camp, our home for the night.

We considered hiking all the way to the San Gorgonio Summit Camp (our original plan), and we could have, but the spring in our step was gone and that goal didn’t sound so appealing any longer. We opted to camp at Red Rock Flat Camp, an ugly area at the edge of the fire-scarred forest, but with a beautiful view of the sunset to the west.

Sunset from Red Rock Camp on the San Bernardino Divide Trail

Day 1: Forsee Creek Trailhead to San Bernardino Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: san-bernardino-peak-91617-75426am.gpx

Day 2: San Bernardino Divide to San Gorgonio and Down South Fork

On the second day, we hit the trail just as the first rays of sunlight hit our campsite. From Red Rock Flat Camp, the San Bernardino Divide Trail descends to Dollar Lake Saddle at 10,000 feet.

I love these old iron trail signs. It reminds me of the ones I've often seen in Yosemite National Park.

Several trails converge at this saddle, so be sure to follow the sign for San Gorgonio Mountain. The trail climbs the west-facing slope of the ridge with spectacular views.

The trail from Dollar Lake Saddle to San Gorgonio has a gentle grade and great views.

Rounding the corner, Mount San Jacinto comes into view across the valley to the south. I was standing at the top of that just two days earlier.

Our first, early morning view of Mount San Jacinto

Soon we reached the trail coming up from High Creek. This is one of the more popular routes, heading up Vivian Creek to High Creek, then up to the ridge and across to the summit. It was still early, so we didn’t run into any day hikers, but we did see several who had camped at High Creek Camp and were making their way to the summit.

Greeting fellow hikers who came up from High Creek Camp

It’s a great feeling to reach the ridgeline to the summit, and this route made it feel really easy. The skies were cloudless and we enjoyed a rare, windless day atop San Gorgonio Mountain.

San Gorgonio on a rare, windless day!

On the way back down, we took the Sky High Trail towards Mine Shaft Saddle. This wraps around the east side of San Gorgonio and is used for both the Fish Creek Trailhead (still closed at the time of this writing) and to our destination – the South Fork Trailhead.

Junction with Fish Creek Trail (still closed at the time of writing) The trail skirts Dry Lake

The trail skirts the aptly named Dry Lake, then begins a steep descent toward South Fork.

This area had the most burn damage for the 2015 Lake Fire. While there were still some trees that survived, the area won’t look the same in my lifetime.

The South Fork crossing is a good place to refill your water bottles on your way down

Thankfully, there was still plenty of water running at South Fork, even in late September. We filtered water and refilled our bottles and continued the descent.

We descended over 4,400 feet on day two, logging 15.5 miles.

Trees burned in the 2015 Lake Fire pose a potential falling hazard The new sign at the boundary of the San Gorgonio Wilderness on the South Fork Trail Back at the South Fork Trailhead

Day 2: San Bernardino Divide to San Gorgonio Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: san-gorgonio-91717-72503am.gpx

Tips & Tricks for Overnight Trips in the San Gorgonio Wilderness

  • Wilderness permits are required for both day hikes and overnight trips in the San Gorgonio Wilderness. At the time of writing, there are no quotas for day hike permits, and you can even fill out your own at the Mill Creek Ranger Station. For all overnight trips, there are quotas based on the camp site(s) and days you choose. For details, visit the San Gorgonio Wilderness Association.
  • Water can be tricky. the camps at higher elevations typically do not have a nearby water source, so plan to either carry enough to get you through the night and next day until you reach South Fork, or taking a detour downhill to a spring (adding one or more miles and additional vertical gain).
  • Cell coverage is unreliable on this route. There may be places where you can pick up a weak signal, but don’t rely on this.
  • Carry the Ten Essentials, and practice the Seven Leave No Trace Principles.
  • The San Bernardino Divide Trail is also the route for the Nine Peak Challenge. Instead of taking the trail alongside the various peaks, you scramble up to the top of nine peaks.

Alternate Routes

You can hike in and exit from any number of trailheads. The most popular alternate route would be the San Bernardino Peak Trailhead in Angelus Oaks, exiting either via South Fork or the Vivian Creek Trailhead.

You can also stretch this out into a 3- or 4-day trip to cut down the daily mileage and enjoy the journey a bit longer.

For example, camp at Johns Meadow, then Limber Pine, then San Gorgonio Summit for a four day trip that includes summit sunset and sunrise atop Old Greyback.

Be prepared for extreme fluctuations in weather. Mountain weather can be very different than what you experience in the valley. Check Mountain Forecast for a summit forecast on San Gorgonio.

Originally hiked on September 16 & 17, 2017 with Jason Fitzpatrick and Ric Serena of The Muir Project.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/feed/ 10
Hiking Mitchell Canyon to Mount Diablo https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mitchell-canyon-to-mount-diablo/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mitchell-canyon-to-mount-diablo/#comments Sat, 17 Mar 2018 01:42:02 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402191 Hiking from Mitchell Canyon Staging to the summit of Mount Diablo

Mount Diablo stands tall over the San Francisco Bay Area. At 3,849′ it is not the tallest peak in the area, but it is one of the most prominent. Surrounded by low-lying hills, Diablo looks even more impressive. In fact, in 1851 it was established as the baseline and meridian for land surveys covering two-thirds of California and all of Nevada.

Trail Details
Summit: 3,849′ (1,173 m)
Distance: 13.2 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: +/-3,529′ ft
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
There are many ways to reach the summit of Mt Diablo, including by car. You don’t earn the views that way. This hike begins at the Mitchell Canyon Staging Area on the north side of Mount Diablo State Park, climbs up the rugged, challenging ridge-line to Twin Peaks, on to Eagle Peak, and then Prospector’s Gap before the final climb to the summit. On the way back, we take the longer-but-gentler on the knees route through Mitchell Canyon. This loop is as challenging as it is scenic.

Getting to the Mitchell Canyon Staging Area

The Mitchell Canyon Staging Area opens at 8:00 am and has a $6 vehicle entry fee. When we arrived, the fee was self-service. Put a check or cash in the provided envelope and tear off the stub to put on your dashboard. Getting there isn’t difficult. The address is 96 Mitchell Canyon Rd, Clayton, CA 94517 and you can get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

One amusing sight at the staging area? A rafter of wild turkeys roaming freely. Maybe several groups totally one hundred or more. I’d never seen so many in one place.

Hiking Mount Diablo

Start up the Mitchell Canyon Fire Road, turning left onto the Eagle Peak Trail after about one-tenth of a mile.

Start of the Mitchell Canyon Trail

Take the Eagle Peak Trail

This single-track trail has a lot of variety, from grassy hills to rugged, rocky sections through scraggly forest. As you climb, the views begin to open up. After hiking two miles and climbing your first 1,000 feet, you reach Twin Peaks – good spot to pause and soak in the views.

Starting up to the ridge As you climb, the views open up Typical trail conditions Looking back down from Twin Peaks Twin Peaks marker

From Twin Peaks, the trail follows closely along the ridgeline for another mile to Eagle Peak.

Mount Diablo looms high above Climbing up to Eagle Peak Hail from the last storm

When you reach Eagle Peak, you’ve already bagged two peaks and you’re just getting warmed up! There’s a summit register at Eagle Peak, though I didn’t see a blank page in the two or three in the can.

Karl at the summit of Eagle Peak

From here, the ridgeline heads downhill (yes, you’re going to give up some of that hard-earned elevation) before climbing again towards the saddle to the left of Mount Diablo known as Prospector’s Gap.

Following the ridgeline @alpharoaming showing us how it's done Follow the ridgeline to Prospectors Gap Reaching Prospector's Gap Marker to the summit of Mt Diablo

Several trails converge at Prospector’s Gap, so this is another good place to take a break and make sure everyone get’s headed in the right direction – specifically the North Peak Trail towards the Summit Trail.

The views on the North Peak Trail were spectacular, and we were getting close enough to the summit to make out details in the tower.

Mt Diablo Tower

The Summit Trail actually threads it’s way through a forested section between the loop road that cars take to and from the summit. Nothing to get too excited about, other than the realization that: A. You’re not walking where the cars are driving, and B. You’re very close to the summit.

When you finally reach the summit after 7 miles of hiking, you’ll likely see young children being chased by their parents and road bikers in their spandex tights. You’ll be one of the few who actually hiked to the top, but don’t let it go to your head. You still have to hike back down. 

Spend some time in the visitor center, and be sure to go upstairs where you’ll find the actual summit of Mount Diablo. Yes, the highest point of the “rock” that is Mount Diablo is actually inside the visitor center, which was built around (and above) it.

Arriving at the Mt Diablo Summit The actual summit of Diablo is inside the visitor center The view from Mt Diablo

The top of the visitor center has a viewing platform where you can point out many landmarks. In fact, according to Dan Stefanisko, supervising ranger at Mt. Diablo State Park, you can see 35 of the 58 counties in California on a clear day. There is even a direct line-of-sight to the summit of Half Dome in Yosemite, 135 miles away.

Mount Diablo Tower

Heading back down, follow the Summit Trail downhill to a junction with a trail to the Juniper Campground. When you reach the campground, you’ll follow the Mitchell Canyon Fire Road to the right (northwest). You’ll follow this double track trail all the way back to the the Mitchell Canyon Staging Area.

Along the way, there’s plenty to see. To your right, you’ll see the ridgeline you climbed earlier. We saw an old mine, huge fungus, and the beginning of wildflower season.

Trail to Juniper Campground Mitchell Canyon Fire Road View from Mitchell Canyon Fungi growing in Mitchell Canyon Cave or a mine?

It was delightful to see water cascading down Mitchell Creek.

Mitchell Creek flowing

The last two miles are an easy hike, though after the first 13 miles, your feet might disagree. Finally, you’re back at the Mitchell Canyon Staging Area. The loop is complete.

Mount Diablo Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mitchell-creek-to-mount-diablo.gpx

 

Mount Diablo Resources

  • Bring the Ten Essentials. I highly recommend bringing GaiaGPS with the map for the area downloaded in advance. The web of trails and roads near the summit can be confusing.
  • Mount Diablo State Park is open from 8am to sunset.
  • There is a $6 vehicle entry fee to park at the Mitchell Canyon Staging Area. If you arrive before the visitor center is open, you deposit your fee in check or cash in the provided envelope and put the stub on your dashboard.
  • The summit visitor center is open daily from 10am to 4pm, and is worth a visit. It’s also the only way to reach the actual summit of Mount Diablo – you’ll find it sticking through the second floor of the visitor center!
  • This trail is part of the NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. Join today!
  • Post-hike libations? We headed to nearby Calicraft Brewery in Walnut Creek.

Mount Diablo Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”94517″]

Conditions at the summit can be very different. It can even get snow during winter months. Check here for more detailed summit info.

Originally hiked on January 26, 2018 with Karl Doll (@alpharoaming). 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mitchell-canyon-to-mount-diablo/feed/ 15
Hiking Stinson Beach to Mount Tamalpais https://socalhiker.net/hiking-stinson-beach-to-mount-tamalpais/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-stinson-beach-to-mount-tamalpais/#comments Wed, 14 Mar 2018 16:52:51 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402074 Hike Stinson Beach to Mount Tam

Mount Tamalpais stands guard over the bay, with views stretching from the Farallon Islands to the snow-capped peaks of the Sierra Nevada mountains. And while you can drive almost to the top, it’s nothing to brag about. Hiking to the top is better. Better still? Hiking to the summit, starting from Stinson Beach.

Trail Details
Summit: 2,571′ (784 m)
Distance: 15 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: +/-2,771′ ft (844.6 m)
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
This hike totals about 15 miles, starting at Stinson Beach on the Dipsea Trail, then up the beautiful Steep Ravine Trail to Pantoll Campground, and following the Old Stage Road up to the summit and back, finally returning to Stinson Beach via the Matt Davis Trail.

Getting to the Trailhead

Getting here can be an adventure in itself. Stinson Beach is on the Pacific Coast side of Marin County, west of Mill Valley. When I hiked this, I left early to start hiking at sunrise. The normal route would be west on the Shoreline Highway, but there was a detour when I went, so instead I drove over the extremely windy Panoramic Highway. The benefit of this is that the parking area is right on Panoramic Highway, just before it connects with Shoreline. Here’s the exact location on Google Maps. I chose this parking area mainly because the beach parking lot wasn’t open yet, but because it’s on the east side of Shoreline, you aren’t vying for parking with beachgoers as well.

Hiking from Stinson Beach to Mount Tam

Start out by crossing to the south side of the Panoramic Highway and pick up the Dipsea Trail.

Head up this trail off Panoramic Highway Dipsea Trail Dipsea Trail marker A bridge on the Dipsea Trail

The trail begins climbing quickly across the grassy coastal headlands, providing sweeping views of the coastline, which looked especially sweet in the early morning light.

Sweeping views of Stinson Beach

Nearing the Steep Ravine Trail The dark tunnel of trees leading into the ravine

At 1.1 miles, you reach the Steep Ravine Trail. This trail climbs alongside Webb Creek, threading among towering redwood trees, criss-crossing moss-covered wooden footbridges, and climbing carefully hewn stone steps. About 1/10th of a mile up the Steep Ravine Trail, the Dipsea Trail peels off to the right. Keep to the left at this junction, and continue to follow the creek. This is one of the most beautiful sections of this hike, and worth a trip in itself.

Cascades alongside the Steep Ravine Trail The cool, shady ravine One of the wood bridges that criss-cross the ravine Steep steps require careful footing

Note that there is a ladder you’ll have to climb. It was damp and slick this particular morning, but that’s not unusual back in this ravine. Take your time and use care going up. And don’t forget to pause beforehand to soak in the view of the cascading water.

At the 3.4 mile mark, you see signs of Pantoll Campground through the trees. There are public restrooms here as well as a parking area.

Nearing Pantoll Campground

At the Pantoll Campground, you’ll cross the parking lot up to the driveway entrance, then (watching for cars) cross the Panoramic Highway. Look for the signs for the Old Stage Road, heading toward the West Point Inn.

Cross the Panoramic Highway from Pantoll Camp and take the Old Stage Road Trail marker West Point Inn

The Old Stage Road begins as paved for a short distance, quickly becoming a dirt road. My early morning start meant I had the trail to myself on my way up, though I met a number of hikers and mountain bikers climbing the road on my return trip.

Two miles up this gentle grade brings you to the historic West Point Inn. This inn has been around for over 100 years, and has both rooms and cabins for rent. To reach the Inn, you’ll have to either hike or bike, which is part of the charm. Time your trip right and you can hike here for one of their famous pancake breakfasts!

Historic West Point Inn

Follow the dirt road left around the front of the West Point Inn and around to the back where it continues the gradual climb up to Mount Tam. You’ll reach a gate and the road to the East Peak parking area. Bear right at the fork and follow to the Plank Walk Trail. This takes you the remainder of the way to the fire lookout tower on the summit of Mount Tamalpais.

The summit makes a good spot for a snack or lunch break. On the weekends, you can stop at the Visitors Center in the East Peak parking area and purchase snacks or souvenirs with all the non-hikers. I was grateful to be here on a quiet weekday. Everything was closed and only a few other hikers here and there.

Heading back down to Stinson, follow the Old Stage Road again back to Pantoll Campground. From here, look for the signs for the Matt Davis Trail.

Matt Davis Trail

This trail is a little longer than the Steep Ravine Trail, but less slippery in wet conditions. I passed countless rivulets, even five days after the last rainfall, and the scenery varied from dark, lush forest to open, grassy hills with views out to the Pacific Ocean.

Easy hiking on the Matt Davis Trail Countless rivulets and waterfalls Views to the Pacific Ocean Getting closer to Stinson Beach

Finally, the trail ends near the Stinson Beach fire station. From here, walk west and south to reach Shoreline, then south on Shoreline until you reach the Dipsea Trailhead. From here, just another 1/4 mile or so of trail takes you back to the parking area where you began the hike.

End of the Matt Davis Trail Road walking to Shoreline Dipsea Trailhead

After the hike, stop at the beach to dip your toes in the water. You’ve earned it!

Stinson Beach

Stinson Beach to Mount Tamalpais Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: stinson-beach-to-mt-tamalpais-2.gpx

 

NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeStinson Beach/Mount Tamalpais Resources

Mount Tamalpais Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”94941″]

Originally hiked on January 23, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-stinson-beach-to-mount-tamalpais/feed/ 3
Hiking Mount Umunhum https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-umunhum/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-umunhum/#respond Mon, 12 Mar 2018 23:56:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=401965 Hiking Mount Umunhum

Mount Umunhum is one of the tallest peaks in the Santa Cruz Mountains, and has a rich history, first as a sacred site for Native Americans (“umunhum” means “resting place of the humming bird”), and more recently as a Cold War-era Air Force radar station. The radar station closed in 1980, and the land acquired for the Sierra Azul Open Space in 1986. The summit itself remained closed until fall of 2017, when remediation and clean-up work was mostly completed.

Trail Details
Summit: 3,486′ (1,062.5m)
Distance: 7.7 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain/loss: +/- 1,141′
Dogs: No
When to go: Year-round
This out-and-back route begins at the Baldy Mountain parking area off Mt Umunhum Road. The trail climbs 1,141 feet to the summit, currently with a detour for the last 1/4 mile. This shady, well-engineered trail is home to plenty of wildlife, and the summit has views of the Santa Cruz Bay in one direction, and Silicon Valley in the other – when it’s not shrouded in clouds.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at the Bald Mountain trailhead parking area in the Sierra Azul Open Space Preserve, about 40 minutes south of San Jose. Once you get on the narrow and crooked Hicks Road, you’ll follow it to Mt Umunhum Road and head uphill to the Bald Mountain parking area. There are parking spots for over 20 cars, and pit toilets and information signs with a map of the area, rules and regulations.

Mt Umunhum is part of the Sierra Azul Open Space Preserve Plenty of parking at Bald Mountain parking area, at least during mid-week. There are two pit toilets at the trailhead. Take a moment to check the info signs at the parking area for any updates on conditions. The Mt Umunhum Trail begins across the road from the parking. No dogs allowed. Sorry Fido. The rules are for the trail are clearly posted.

You can get turn-by-turn driving directions here on Google Maps. I drove down from Berkeley after rush hour on a Monday and my drive time was about 90 minutes.

Hiking to Mount Umunhum

Take a moment to check the latest park information at the information boards, then follow the crosswalk across Mt Umunhum Road to the trailhead.

The Mt Umunhum Trail sign

The trail to the summit is 3.7 miles each way (7.4 miles or roughly 12 km round trip). I logged a bit more just wandering around the summit and learning more about the history from the info panels.  This trail is also part of the Bay Area Ridge Trail – an epic loop that’s on my to-hike list.

Moss-covered trees on Mt Umunhum Feathery moss grows on many of the trunks The clouds made the trail more ethereal Foggy, misty day on Mt Umunhum Smooth tree trunks on the Mt Umunhum Trail

The forested trail was lush and green in January, with light rain keeping me cool and the clouds cloaking the trail in an ethereal mist. At about 0.4 miles, the trail reaches a junction with the Barlow Road trail – a double-track dirt road that descends down and connects with the Woods Trail. Follow the jog across Barlow Road and continue on the Mt Umunhum Trail as is climbs gradually up the north slope of Mount Umunhum.

Cross Barlow Road and continue up the Mt Umunhum Trail

The trail follows the contour of the mountain, crossing several watersheds via well-crafted footbridges. Walk quietly and you might be lucky enough to visit with some of the “locals” on the mountain.

Curious deer checking me out on Mt Umunhum

Halfway to the summit there is a short spur to the Guadalupe Creek Overlook. It doesn’t add appreciable distance to the hike, though the view was obscured by the clouds.

Guadalupe Creek Overlook

With less than 1/4 mile to the summit, the view opens up a bit and the “cube” comes into view.

Mount Umunhum cube

This cube is actually six-stories tall and was the base upon which the giant radar antenna stood. On a clear day, this landmark is visible from many parts of the South Bay. Unfortunately, that last segment of the trail is currently closed for further remediation and cleanup. You can still hike to the summit, following the detour that takes you over to the main summit parking area.

Detour for the last .2 miles to the summit Picnic area below Mt Um Concrete steps from the summit parking area to the top

From here, you climb a series of steps to the summit.

The Cube at the top of Mount Umunhum

Mount Umunhum Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mt-umunhum-12218-110720am.gpx

NorCal Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeMount Umunhum Resources

Mount Umunhum Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”95120″]

Originally hiked on January 22, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-umunhum/feed/ 0
Join us at Adventures Worth Exploring https://socalhiker.net/join-us-adventures-worth-exploring/ https://socalhiker.net/join-us-adventures-worth-exploring/#comments Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:45:53 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=401799 Meet us at Adventures Worth Exploring

On Saturday, March 3, 2018 we will be at the Adventures Worth Exploring expo in the Anaheim Convention Center. We will have a booth for the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and I’ll be speaking in the Adventure Talks room at 4:00 pm. This is a great opportunity to meet with several of our ambassadors and get all your questions answered.

We will be sharing our own experience hiking the Six-Pack of Peaks multiple times, including training, logistics, equipment, how to find groups to hike with, and all the details that can help you add more adventure in your life.

Already a Six-Pack of Peaks Challenger or alumni? We want to meet you! Wear your shirt to the show for some special swag!

Adventures Worth Exploring is free, but you need to register online to get your tickets. The event is Saturday, March 3 from 10am to 6pm on the third floor of the Anaheim Convention Center.  Stop by Booth #210 and say hi!

Got friends who are interested in learning more about the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge? Share this with them and tell them to go this Saturday. See you there!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/join-us-adventures-worth-exploring/feed/ 1
Hiking Bighorn and Ontario Peaks https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/#comments Thu, 15 Feb 2018 01:01:11 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=401720 Hiking Icehouse Canyon to Ontario Peak

At 8,696 feet, Ontario Peak is one of several peaks in the San Gabriel Mountains, and lies within the Cucamonga Wilderness. It is one of the many peaks near Mt. Baldy which are accessible from the Icehouse Saddle. It is named after the nearby city of Ontario. On a clear day, Ontario Peak offers sweeping views of the spectacular San Gabriel Mountains, the Inland Empire, Los Angeles, Orange County and Pacific Ocean.

Trail Details
Summit: 8,696′
Distance: 12.4 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,738′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June – October

Getting to Trailhead

Start at the popular Icehouse Canyon Trailhead. There’s plenty of parking, but it fills up fast. Make sure to head out early before the crowds. We started our hike at 6:30 am. An Adventure Pass is required.

To the left of the trailhead, next to the sign, is a box for self-serve permits (bring a pen with you). Fill one out and leave white copy in the box, take yellow copy with you.

Completing the self-serve permit at the Icehouse Canyon trailhead

Hiking the Trail to Ontario Peak

Hiking up the Icehouse Canyon is a beautiful hike on its own. It is a well-traveled trail, with a creek that meanders alongside it. Surrounded by sugar pine forest, which shades the trail during the Summer months, massive boulders, canyon walls, and mountain peaks line up the trails. And if you’re lucky enough, you may see some of the resident big horn sheep.

Continue hiking up to 3.5 miles to the Icehouse Saddle, gaining 2,700 feet. Once there, it is a good spot for a quick break before you head up to the peak. At the saddle, you will find several trails with signs that lead to Cucamonga Peak, 3 Ts, Middle Fork, and Ontario Peak, which is to the right of the saddle.

CeCe at the saddle

From here, it’s a gentle climb for 1.0 mile to Kelly Camp, gaining only 260 feet.

Kelly Camp is a great spot to camp if you’re doing an overnight. This can be crowded though, especially on weekends. It is a historical place with remnants of foundations of a former trail resort. This was once owned by John Kelly, who built it in 1905 as a mining prospect, then turned into a trail resort in 1922 by Henry Delker. There is a spring nearby, but it is unreliable.

Arriving at Kelly Camp The ruins of Kelly Camp

The trail continues on beyond the Kelly Camp ruins, then climbs up to a fire-scarred Ontario ridge. At this point, you will have the dramatic view of Timber Mountain, Telegraph Peak and Mt. Baldy.

Views of Telegraph Peak and Mt San Antonio

If squint your eyes, you may even see the tiny blue-green speck of the Ski Hut just below Baldy Notch. As you continue your ascent, you will come upon a fork on the trail with a pile of rocks and a wooden sign that points to Bighorn Peak to the left and Ontario Peak to the right.

This is also a great spot for picture, with a panoramic view of the Inland Empire and beyond Orange County, with the Saddleback Mountain protruding from the distance. You will also have dramatic view of Bighorn Peak to the left and Cucamonga Peak on the right.

Bighorn and Cucamonga Peaks

Continue following the trail as it contours around the two false summits, then zig-zagging up a series of switchbacks.

Switchbacks up to the Ontario Ridge

Eventually, you will arrive on a ridge again to continue your rather steep approach to the summit, but it levels out at 150 yards before Ontario Peak.

Ontario Peak to the west

At the summit, you’ll find a large dead tree, which has become the landmark for Ontario Peak, and a tall heap of boulders. On a clear day, you’ll sweeping views of Inland Empire, Los Angeles and the Pacific Ocean.

CeCe and Hike Beyond the Hills at Ontario Peak Six-Pack of Peaks Ambassador CeCe on Ontario Peak

On the way back, we took the spur trail to the summit of Bighorn Peak. This added about two miles to the trip, but gave us one more peak to add to our resume. If you decide to include the spur to Bighorn, the total mileage jumps to over 14 miles total. The elevation profile and map below show this additional mileage.

Ontario and Bighorn Peaks Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

 

Tips & Tricks for Hiking Ontario Peak

  • Go early to get first dibs on parking. An Adventure Pass is required for parking.
  • There is a restroom at the parking lot area.
  • Mind your steps. Though Icehouse Canyon Trail is picturesque, the first 2 miles of the trail surface has uneven footing and a lot of loose rocks which can make it slippery.
  • Bring sun protection. Once above the tree line, you are fully exposed to the sun.
  • Carry at least 3 liters of hydration. There are springs along the trail, it will need to be filtered and Kelly Camp spring is unreliable.
  • If you’re camping overnight at Kelly Camp, you will share it many others, especially on weekends.

Ontario Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91759″]

 

Six-Pack of Peaks Ambassador CeCe atop Ontario Peak

Originally hiked on January 6, 2018 with Hike Beyond the Hills.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/feed/ 4
The 4th Annual SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is here! https://socalhiker.net/the-4th-annual-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-is-here/ https://socalhiker.net/the-4th-annual-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-is-here/#comments Thu, 14 Dec 2017 21:12:00 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=399737 Join the SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge today!

Early Bird registration for the 4th Annual SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is now open! 

The Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is designed to be a tough-but-achievable goal. If you’re willing to train, put in the time, and get on the trail on a regular basis, you can do this. 

Many have used this challenge as part of their training program, helping prepare them mentally and physically for even bigger goals, like hiking the John Muir Trail or climbing Mount Whitney. Others are relatively new to hiking, and used the challenge to get in shape, or just to spend more time in nature.

Whatever your reason, this is the best time to register for our 2018 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, with the best deal on registration.

2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

What’s New for 2018?

The core peaks of the challenge remain the same, and are designed to build on each other helping you “level up” with each subsequent peak. As in past years, you can hike the peaks in whatever order you choose, from any route you find challenging, and at pace that works with your schedule.

Most people hike the peaks after the snow is melted from the trails–usually by mid-June–tackling no more than one ever week or so. But we’ve had challengers push to complete all six peaks in six days, too! It’s up to you.

What’s new this year are two alternate peaks that you can use as options. You can swap Mount Baden-Powell for Mount Wilson, and you can swap Ontario Peak for Cucamonga Peak. If this is your first time taking the challenge, I recommend sticking with the original six peaks, but for those who are working on their third or fourth challenge, this gives you a couple options to mix it up.

Also new this year, we have registration gift cards available. These are actual, physical gift cards that make a great way to give friends and family the gift of more adventure in 2018. You pick the registration level.

SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Gift Registration

Explorer and Trailblazer-level challengers get the welcome kit, and Trailblazers also get their choice between two t-shirts and a tank top.

Now is the best time to sign-up for our 2018 challenge. And as in past years, a portion of each registration goes to support Big City Mountaineers–a great non-profit that gives under-served teens an opportunity to experience wilderness adventure.

Hike more. Get strong. Do good.

Join the 4th Annual Southern California Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge today!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/the-4th-annual-socal-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-is-here/feed/ 6
Where Adventures Are Born https://socalhiker.net/adventure-goals-for-2018/ https://socalhiker.net/adventure-goals-for-2018/#comments Fri, 17 Nov 2017 19:22:03 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=399388 2018 adventure goals

Where are adventures born? They begin with inspiration. The adventure takes a giant leap forward when you commit it to paper and write down that adventure goal.

At our 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher’s Party last month, we asked challengers to share their adventure goals for 2018 on an index card and clip it to our “prayer flag” of adventure goals.

Peru, Paris, Zion Catalina Mt Whitney C2C, Mt Whitney Shasta, Whitney, Havasu Falls Hike 9 miles a week All the peaks in Maryland Checking out the adventure goals Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, Mt Whitney & Mt Shasta Camino de Santiago 52 Hike Challenge Mount Shasta Mount Whitney Half Dome PCT Sections A & B Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge twice! Rim Trail & Machu Picchu Mt Whitney, The Wave, Subway, & have a baby! Mount Whitney Mt Ranier, Mt Shasta, Machu Picchu Japan 10th marathon Longs Peak in Colorado Half Dome, Kilamanjaro & Mt Whitney Kalalau Trail in Kauai Camino de Santiago Cactus to Clouds and Rim to Rim Half Dome Havasupai Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, Mt Whitney, Havasu Falls & Catalina High Sierra Camps with my daughter Half Dome & Mt Whitney Mount Whitney Half Dome & Mt Whitney 1000 miles (plus) John Muir Trail Iceland Whitney, Half Dome, Machu Picchu John Muir Trail Even youngsters can have big adventure goals Adventure goals for 2018 Mt Whitney Half Dome & Mt Whitney Yosemite & Half Dome - Lisa Half Dome & Utah Machu Picchu Rainbow Mountain in Peru Half Dome 52 Hike Challenge Machu Picchu Mt Whitney & Rae Lakes Half Dome & Mt Whitney Mt Whitney & Yosemite High Sierra Trail Havasupai, TCT, Six-Pack of Peaks, Mt Whitney Palisades & Mt Whitney Havasupai, Six-Pack of Peaks, Trans-Catalina Trail John Muir Trail & Backbone Trail Mt Whitney Mt Langley Mt Shasta, Mt Ranier, Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks C2C Mt Whitney, Havasupai, Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finding inspiration in the goals of others Mt Whitney Patagonia Cactus to Clouds Mt Whitney Shasta, Mt Rushmore Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge - Anji What's on your 2018 adventure list? Whitney, Half Dome, C2C Rim-to-rim, medical school Kilamanjaro, Vinson Massif Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, Mt Kilimanjaro, shark diving Mount Whitney Cactus to Clouds Oregon and Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

What are your adventure goals for 2018? Make a public commitment by leaving a comment and let us know!

And get ready, because registration for the 2018 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge opens soon. It’s the ultimate preparation for your next big adventure.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/adventure-goals-for-2018/feed/ 2
Hiking Black Crater https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/#comments Wed, 25 Oct 2017 16:59:57 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=398272 Hike Black Crater in the Three Sisters Wilderness

Black Crater is a “broken” cinder cone with a glacier-carved valley and quite possible the best views of the Three Sisters.  The 7,251′ summit was once home to a fire lookout, and when you hike to the summit, you’ll understand why. You can see for miles up and down the Cascade Range.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,251′
Distance: 7.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate/Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,260 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-July to late October
Download GPX
This trail is forested for most of the first three miles, then sparsely for the final approach. The out-and-back route gives lots to see – from wildflowers and butterflies to lava flows – and in mid-July still had patches of snow on the trail.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead for Black Crater is about 12 miles west of Sisters on the McKenzie Highway 242 (three miles east of the pass). The trailhead parking is well-marked, and there is only one trail heading from the lot.

You can get driving directions to the Black Crater Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Black Crater

The trail begins at the southwest corner of the gravel parking lot. Take a moment to review the trailhead information board for the latest on rules for this area.

The first half of this route is well-forested, with hemlock, fir and pine. You will see signs of the origin of Black Crater as you pass volcanic debris. To the north, watch for glimpses through the trees of Mts. Washington and Jefferson.

Starting up Black Crater The Black Crater Trail Volcanic rubble The Cascades peeking above the trees

At 2.3 miles you crest a small ridge and enter the glacier-carved valley for about another 0.5 miles. You’ll see open meadows and plentiful lupine.

One of several lupine fields on Black Crater

At 2.8 miles, the trail begins climbing reaching the eastern flank and switchbacking through sparse forest. We encountered several patches of snow in mid-July, but nothing that required technical gear. Depending on snow conditions and the time of year, this may require traction or even snowshoes.

One of two patches of snow on Black Crater in mid-July

Wildflowers and butterflies line the eastern flank of Black Butte in July. It was quite beautiful.

The views north and east are stunning, and on a clear day, you can see across much of Central Oregon.

On the eastern flank of Black Crater

The final push to the top is a gentle, winding trail across a barren cinder plateau. On one side, the twisted limbs of scraggly whitebark pines provide a wind break; on the other, the crater cliffs fall away steeply.

Black cinders on the final approach to the summit of Black Crater

The very top requires minor scrambling to reach.

One odd note: the very highest point buzzing with a thick swarm of big flies. A fellow hiker said these are always here, and neither of us could figure out why. If you know the answer, let us know in the comments below!

The summit provides great views of the Three Sisters, Mounts Washington, Jefferson and (if it’s really clear) even Mt. Hood. There used to be a fire lookout on the flat area near the summit, but only a few foundation remnants remain.

Panorama from the summit of Black Crater

Great view of the Three Sisters The rim of the glacier-carved valley on Black Crater Sisters in the background from Black Crater

[vr url=”https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/10/UUXO1929.jpg” view=360]

To finish the hike, retrace your steps back down the same trail.

Black Crater Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: black-crater-72417-71936am.gpx

Black Crater Tips & Resources

  • A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for trailhead parking.
  • Bring water (I’d recommend a minimum of one liter), sun protection, and the other ten essentials. There are no creeks or springs along this trail.

Sisters Weather Forecast

Sisters is the nearest town and provides a rule of thumb for the weather. Note that the summit of Black Crater is over 4,000′ higher than Sisters, so the weather can be 40 degrees colder.

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97730″]

Originally hiked with Joan on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/feed/ 8
Celebrating Our 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finishers https://socalhiker.net/celebrating-our-2017-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers/ https://socalhiker.net/celebrating-our-2017-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers/#comments Sat, 14 Oct 2017 04:09:12 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=398293 This year we had over 1,200 hikers join our 3rd Annual Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge! As I write this, there are 364 finishers – registered challengers who have logged hikes up all six peaks at least once in 2017.  Together, we’ve logged 2,957 peaks, hiking 39,305 miles – enough to hike entirely around the world 1.3 times; and climbing a mind-boggling 13,390,800 vertical feet! That’s enough to climb from sea level to the summit of Mount Everest over 461 times!

That’s something to celebrate! So we did.

On Sunday, October 8th 273 SoCal hikers gathered at Oak Creek Golf Club in Irvine for our Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher’s Party. We toasted each other’s accomplishments, shared our adventure goals for 2018, enjoyed great food and live music from Jagged, and took lots of photos.

This year we raised $8,336 for Big City Mountaineers – $7,135 through your registrations and donations, and another $1,201 from our silent auction.

And this year, we have nine Three-peat Finishers!

Announcing the Three-peat Finishers

Here are the dedicated hikers who signed up and finished the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge for three consecutive years (from left to right): Nick WagstaffCecilia LorthioirJason SudoJae BundangJeff HesterJason FitzpatrickKathleen MillerHarvey Fiji, and Kristin Seiler (not pictured).

Gear Giveaway Winners

Congratulations to Renata Roles, winner of our Challenger’s Giveaway. She won a TETON Sports Oasis 1200 Hydration Pack, TETON Sports Tarp/Poncho and a signed copy of Scott Turner’s Afoot and Afield in San Diego. The Challenger drawing is open to all registered challengers, but as it turned out, she is also a finisher!

Congratulations also to Audra DeFranco, winner of our Finisher’s Giveaway (open to only the finishers). She also got a signed copy of Afoot and Afield in San Diego, plus a great TETON Sports backpacking package that included an ALTOS Sleeping Pad, a TRAILHEAD +20f Ultralight Sleeping Bag, the Mountain Ultra 2 Tent, and a Hiker 3700 Backpack.

Photo Gallery

Click any picture for a larger version. You can even leave comments on a photo. Photos by 7713photography.com

The party was held again at Oak Creek Golf Club in Irvine Beautiful view of the golf course Arriving at the check-in table The Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is another Social Adventures project Some of our awesome volunteers Moms, dads, kids... everyone came to the party Checking in Check-in at the party I wish they had a Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge when I was young. Checking out the adventure goals Finding inspiration in the goals of others What's on your 2018 adventure list? Even youngsters can have big adventure goals Adventure goals for 2018 Clipping her 2018 adventure goals to the line Swapping stories and taking photos Lots of toasts and cheers Derek, Jason, Emily and Jeff One of the silent auction prizes One of our top silent auction items Photos, photos, and more photos Smiles all around Hiking boots are totally cool Jae, Jason and Jennifer Another happy Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher JAGGED kept us dancing and having fun Boogie to the music of Jagged JAGGED was a great band Getting grub Time to eat Does he want to hike a mountain? Dinner time Non-traditional hiking attire Women hikers were out in force. #forceofnature Good times at the Finisher's Party Mission Accomplished - The Finisher's T-shirt Get your swag! Joan, Kristin, Juanita and Yolanda The coveted Six-Pack of Peaks mug We had a great time seeing friends both old and new What a great couple Founder Jeff Hester says a few words to the crowd The Last Adventurer explains the story behind the hats Drawing a winner Our first gear drawing Time for some announcements Crystal and Frank Winner! Announcing the Three-peat Finishers What adventures will these kids have when they get older? Awwwww The Next Generation of Six-Pack of Peaks Challengers The mood? Exuberant! 2018 adventure goals Silent auction winner of MILE, MILE & A HALF Our silent auction raised over $1200 for Big City Mountaineers Jeff, Lesley & James Jenny Campbell and Jeff Hester More Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers Jeff and Eva Jeff & Jerry Jeff and Jeff Shuping and Jeff The coveted "Mission Accomplished" t-shirt Way to bid, Meredith! The scene at the photo booth We had a photo booth at the party Another great animated photo booth GIF Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher's know how to get crazy Three pics were also combined in an animated GIF Finishers have a blast at the photo booth

Looking for your photo booth photos? You can find all the photos here to download or share.

Silent Auction

We had some great items up for grabs in the silent auction, with all of the proceeds going directly to Big City Mountaineers. Special thanks to Oak Creek Golf Club, Duncan Simms, REI, Jason Fitzpatrick, Thermarest, Stanley, MountainSmith, Casey Schreiner, Osprey Packs, TETON Sports, and The Muir Project for donating items for the auction. Thanks to everyone who bid on these items, we raised an additional $1,201 for Big City Mountaineers.

Special Thanks

We also would like to thank Arc’teryx (check out their new store on La Brea) for providing a hats for some of our finishers, and thanks to Christopher Sunnen (@last_adventurer) for delivering them after a lengthy, dramatic journey.

And a big thanks to our many volunteers who helped make this party hum along: Nancy and Joe RojasMeredith CraneMira ReverentePhilip YohoCristina RestrepoShuping YinZena BeginJenny CampbellDora PriceYolanda NowickiKristen CombsJae BundangJason Sudo, and Juanita Belardes (who jumped in to help at the last minute). You all rock, and you have my heartfelt gratitude.

4th Annual SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Thanks to Kristin Seiler, who helped keep me organized as we were planning this event, even if she couldn’t be there. Thanks to Duncan Simms, a fellow hiker and PGA Golf Pro at Oak Creek Golf Club for helping us with the venue.

And a huge thanks to my lovely wife Joan Hester. You were the glue that kept everything together last weekend.

The 2018 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Registration for the 2018 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge opens on December 1, 2017. We are working on some changes we think you’ll really like.

Until then, keep on hiking!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/celebrating-our-2017-six-pack-of-peaks-challenge-finishers/feed/ 1
2017 Finisher’s Party Photo Booth Album https://socalhiker.net/2017-finishers-party-photo-booth-album/ https://socalhiker.net/2017-finishers-party-photo-booth-album/#comments Tue, 10 Oct 2017 03:55:51 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=398378 At this year’s Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finisher’s Party, we tried something new: a photo booth. Judging by the response, it was a hit.

Here’s a gallery of ALL the photos from the photo booth. You can download yours or use the share buttons to share them on your favorite social networks. You can click on any thumbnail to get a larger version, and even leave comments on specific photos.

Thanks to Justin and Jennifer at 7713photography.com for coordinating this. It’ll be back next year!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2017-finishers-party-photo-booth-album/feed/ 1
Hiking South Sister https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/#comments Sat, 30 Sep 2017 23:20:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=396852 Hike to the summit of South Sister

South Sister is the third tallest mountain in Oregon. At 10,363′ it’s the highest of the Three Sisters, and also the youngest, geologically-speaking. The cauldron holds the highest lake in Oregon–when it’s not frozen and buried in snow. It’s home to eight glaciers, including Prouty Glacier, the largest in Oregon. And it’s a great non-technical ascent that caps the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Trail Details
Summit: 10,363′
Distance: 12 miles
Time: 6-9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,820 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Late July to early October
Download GPX
This hike is a strenuous, all-day affair. The top section includes a scramble up a rough-shod slope of scree. Large sections of snow are not uncommon even in late July, so trekking poles and traction may be advisable.

Getting to the Trailhead

The South Sister Climber’s Trail begins at Devil’s Lake. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass is required, but if you have a National Parks annual pass and a hang tag, that will suffice. The parking lot fills up early, and overflow parking is available along the roadside. The trailhead is about 30 miles west of Bend on Cascade Lakes Highway. You’ll pass the Mount Bachelor Ski Resort, then Sparks Lake, finally turning left into the Devil’s Lake Campground turnoff.

You can get driving directions to the South Sister Climber’s Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of South Sister

South Sisters Climber's Trailhead Wilderness permits required for South Sisters Early morning light on the trail up South Sisters

Follow the trail, exercising caution when crossing back over Cascade Lakes Highway. When you reach the information board, you’ll need to stop to fill out a free, self-issue wilderness permit. The original goes in the box; keep the copy with you on your hike.

The trail begins gently, but steepens as it switchbacks up the canyon to the plateau.

Forested canyon on South Sisters Climber's Trail Snow in the valley climbing to the plateau Up the switchbacks on the approach to the plateau

Just over two miles up the trail, you reach a junction with the Moraine Lake Trail and the beginning of a long, rolling section of easy hiking across a plateau. This is where Dan and I looked ahead at South Sister looming in the the distance and thought “we’re going up there?” Indeed, we were.

On the plateau headed toward South Sister

The Climber’s Trail skirts the edge of the plateau, providing a great view of Moraine Lake from above. There are campsites down there, and it would make an excellent place to camp on an overnight trip up South Sister.

The Climber's Trail passes near Moraine Lake

At about 3.5 miles, the plateau gives way to the mountain once again, and climbing begins in earnest. In mid-July, we hit numerous patches of snow, but being a popular route, all had good tread. We were able to traverse them safely without traction or gear other than our trekking poles.

Snow, rock and scree up South Sister

At 5.7 miles, the trail reaches the western edge of the largest glacier in Oregon, the Prouty Glacier. Over 1 square kilometer in area, it was an impressive sight.

The trail skirts the west edge of Prouty Glacier

At this point, there is less than a mile to the crater rim, yet the going is slow. The “trail” spiders into a series of multiple routes, scurrying up steep volcanic scree that takes half a step back for each step forward. The trail is fully exposed. We were thankful to be hiking in the cool air of the early morning, but we could tell that it was heating up. The sun was intense.

Finally at about six miles, we reached the crater rim. The summit itself is on the far north side of the crater, but it’s an easy hike with a short section of boulder scrambling.

The summit of South Sister is on the far side of the crater

Some chose to forge straight across the snow-filled cauldron, but the snow conditions were questionable and we made better time on solid ground.

Hikers crossing a snow-filled South Sister cauldron

Numerous groups of hikers were resting near the summit. The high point is atop a cluster of boulders.

South Sister benchmark at summit Daniel at the top of South Sister Hikers lounging at the summit of South Sister

The views on this crystal-clear day were incredible, with a stunning vista of Middle and North Sister and well beyond.

Middle and North Sister from the summit of South Sister

Heading back along the crater rim, the views of Broken Top and Mount Bachelor were amazing, too.

Views of Broken Top and Mount Bachelor from South Sister's crater rim

Making our way back was much easier. At times, multiple footpaths through snowfields required us to check our bearings to choose the most efficient and direct route to the actual trail, but it was pretty straightforward.

Sparks Lake and Mount Bachelor in the distance Snow still on the South Sister trail in mid-July Descending a snow field on our way down South Sister

South Sister Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: south-sister-71517-63914am.gpx

South Sister Tips & Resources

  • A free wilderness permit is required and can be self-issued at the information board about 100 yards into the trail. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for trailhead parking.
  • Bring plenty of water (I’d recommend a minimum of three liters), sun protection, and the other ten essentials. There may be water available along the trail depending on snow melt, but be prepared to treat.
  • Carry food to keep your body fueled. This is a grueling trek, both in mileage and vertical climb.

South Sister Weather Forecast

Here’s the forecast for the summit of South Sister.

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeSouth Sister is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Daniel on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/feed/ 7
Hiking Paulina Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/#respond Sat, 30 Sep 2017 02:01:43 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392749 Paulina Peak Hike

Paulina Peak is the highest point on Newberry Crater, one of the largest shield volcanos in North America. The 7,985 feet tall summit sits on the edge of a 21 mile-long crater rim. The geology of the area is fascinating. Well east of the Cascades, Paulina Peak offers views that extend from Mount Shasta to Mount Adams. You’ll see not one but two “crater lakes”, an obsidian lava flow and the steep, craggy crater walls. If you’re so inclined, you can soak in a natural hot spring or visit an 80-foot waterfall afterwards.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,985′
Distance: 4.3 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,393 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
This trail is limited to hiking or trail running. Dogs are allowed on leash, but no mountain bikes. The trail itself sees moderate traffic. There is a road that is open seasonally to the summit, so while the views from the top are awesome, it’s not the pure alpine experience you might find on some peaks.

Getting to the Trailhead

The Paulina Peak Trailhead is 23 miles south of Bend, Oregon on Highway 97, then 13 miles east on Paulina Lake Road. Turn south (right) on Forest Road 2100 500 and you’ll find the trailhead parking about 3/4 mile on the right. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass is required for entry to Newberry National Volcanic Monument, though they also take the National Park annual pass.

You can get driving directions to the Paulina Peak Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Paulina Peak

The trail is well-engineered, beginning with a gentle, persistent climb through shady forest. The trail to Paulina Peak is part of the longer Crater Rim Trail that’s popular with mountain bikers, though this segment is off-limits to bikes.

Paulina Peak trailhead Shady forest lines the first half of the Paulina Peak trail

The trail actually follows the crater rim pretty closely as you’ll see on the topo map below, but the first half mile looks much like a typical forest trail, with a few glimpses of the lake.

Getting higher up Paulina Peak trail

At about 1.1 miles in, the view opens up and you see Paulina Peak towering above as well as the steep-sloped caldera of the Newberry Crater.

Overlook with a view of Paulina Peak

Here the forest becomes more sparse, dotted with old snags of Whitebark Pine that are over 500 years old. The trail returns to the rim of the crater briefly.

Whitebark Pine killed by beetles

At about the two mile mark, watch closely for the true trail, which veers away from the rim. There is a false trail that hugs a steep section along the rim that should be avoided to prevent erosion. A fall here could be fatal.

At the summit, you are rewarded with tremendous view over the crater, the Cascades to the west and a good portion of Central Oregon. You can even catch a good view of the Big Obsidian Flow.

Awesome panorama from Paulina Peak

There’s also a parking lot and a restroom. Oh well.

Wildflowers on the Paulina Peak trail Trail junction en route to Paulina Peak Paulina Peak, Elevation 7,984 feet Panoramic view of the Cascades from Paulina Peak Soaking in the view from the crater rim

When you’ve finished soaking in the views, return to the trailhead via the same trail you ascended.

Paulina Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-paulina-peak.gpx

Paulina Peak Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for entrance to the park.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.

Newberry National Volcanic Monument Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97739″]

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengePaulina Peak is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan on July 14, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/feed/ 0
Hiking Tumalo Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/#respond Thu, 14 Sep 2017 22:37:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392764 Tumalo Mountain Hike

Tumalo Mountain is a shield volcano that lies just northeast of Mount Bachelor.  This trail begins at the Dutchman Flat Sno-Park, and climbs steadily up the west flank of the cinder cone. Tumalo gives you great views of not only Mount Bachelor, but also Broken Top and South Sister.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,779′
Distance: 4.2 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,312 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-July to mid-October
Download GPX
Tumalo Mountain is also very accessible, only 22 miles west of Bend on the Cascade Lakes Highway, making it a quick-and-easy peak for Bendites to keep in the rotation.

Getting to the Trailhead

This part is easy; head to the Dutchman Flat Sno-Park lot. If you’re heading west on Cascade Lakes Highway (trust me, you are), it will be on your right about 1/4 mile past the Mount Bachelor Sunrise Lodge entrance. You can get complete turn-by-turn driving directions to the Dutchman Sno-Park via Google Maps here.

Trailhead facilities at Tumalo Mountain Trailhead at Dutchman Flats Sno-Park

Hiking to the Summit of Tumalo Mountain

The trail begins at the north end of the parking lot near the restroom. It immediately crosses a mountain bike trail and proceeds to wind up and around Tumalo Mountain.

Early morning sunbeams on Tumalo Mountain

Initially the trail views are obscured by the forest, but turn around once in a while to capture a glimpse of Mount Bachelor to the west.

Mt Bachelor rises into view on Tumalo Mountain trail

As you climb, the forest thins and wildflowers like lupine abound.

Lupine blooms on Tumalo Mountain

The dirt trail winds among the gnarled ghosts of whitebark pines, giving way to reddish cinder.

Scraggly trees near the top of Tumalo Mountain

The “summit” is relatively flat, sloping upward to the highpoint on the far north end. Follow the rock-lined path that loops around the top of Tumalo Mountain and avoid trampling the fragile crust and the ecosystem it supports.

 

Trail rings the summit of Tumalo Mountain

The flat-top of Tumalo Mountain

From the top of Tumalo Mountain, you have a great view of Mount Bachelor to the west.

Front seat view of Mount Bachelor

To the north, South Sister, Middle Sister and Broken Top give you plenty to soak in.

South Sister and Broken Top

You will also find a large cairn near the high-point.

Rock cairn at the summit of Tumalo Mountain

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/09/GUER0023-1.jpg view=360]

 

Tumalo Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-tumalo-mountain.gpx

Tumalo Mountain Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Tumalo Mountain is also a popular destination for snow-shoeing in the winter.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the geology and flora of Tumalo Mountain.

Bend Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97701″]

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2018 Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeTumalo Mountain is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan on July 21, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/feed/ 0
Hiking Black Butte https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2017 17:46:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392693 Hiking Black Butte in the Deschutes National Forest

Black Butte is an extinct stratovolcano that sits east of the Cascades, rising 3,076′ above the surrounding plain.  This symmetrical cone-shaped butte is home to an active fire lookout tower, as well as a historic cupola that you can easily imagine must have been the coolest summer digs ever, with spectacular views of Mt Washington, The Sisters and beyond.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,436′
Distance: 4.4 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,443 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
This guide describes the hike from the Upper Black Butte Trailhead, which begins at the end of several miles of bumpy gravel road. The trail climbs 1,443′ feet to the top of the butte, covering a total of 4.4 miles on an out-and-back route.

Getting to the Trailhead

There are two options for hiking Black Butte. The Upper Trailhead starts roughly half-way up the butte. It requires several miles of driving on a bumpy gravel road that narrows to one lane in sections, and results in the shorter hike described here. The road does not require high clearance or 4WD in dry conditions. The trailhead has plenty of parking and pit toilets. There is no water available. The Lower Trailhead begins just off Highway 20, and doubles the length and vertical gain. The route you choose is up to you.

You can get driving directions to the Upper Black Butte Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Black Butte

The trail is well-engineered, beginning with a gentle, persistent climb through shady forest.

Fern-lined trail to Black Butte

Many of the trees are covered in moss, giving the forest a moody feeling that’s a perfect start for our morning hike.

Branches covered in moss along the Black Butte Trail

About a mile up the trail, the forest clears and the wildflowers abound. This area on the south side of the butte is shady if you hit it early enough, but fully exposed as the sun rises higher in the sky.

At the 2 mile mark, the trail wraps around the east end of the butte, traveling through the remnants of a wildfire as you make the final ascent to the summit.

Fire-scarred trunks on the east side of Black Butte

The top of Black Butte is broad, with an active fire lookout tower on the east end, and a historic cupola on the west end. There used to be a cabin just west and directly below the cupola, but it was removed. You can still see the foundation.

On a clear day, you can see up and down the Cascade Range, and east over much of Central Oregon.

The fire lookout trail atop Black Butte

Historic cupola atop Black Butte

The Bearded Bachelor of Black Butte

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/09/AEON6497.jpg view=360]

 

Trailhead sign at the top of Black Butte Site of the old cabin on Black Butte Yoda at the summit of Black Butte Looking East on the Black Butte Trail

Retrace your steps to return to the trailhead.

Black Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-black-butte.gpx

Black Butte Tips & Resources

  • At the top, please stay on the marked trails to avoid damaging the fragile ecosystem.
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required, but a Northwest Forest Pass is required to park at the trailhead May 1 to September 30. You can purchase a pass at the trailhead with $5 cash. If you have a hang tag with an annual National Parks pass, that will also work.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the history and flora on Black Butte.
  • Want more of a challenge? Start at Camp Sherman for double the mileage and the vertical climb!

Sisters Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97730″]

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Black Butte is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan and Dan on July 14, 2017.  

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/feed/ 0
Hiking Mount Bierstadt https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/#respond Wed, 06 Sep 2017 05:14:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392112 Hiking Mount Bierstadt

Mount Bierstadt is considered one of the most accessible 14ers in Colorado, nearby Denver and well maintained, but that doesn’t mean it’s a stroll in the park. You’ll climb over 2,700′ over the course of just over three miles, including a boulder scramble up the final stretch to the peak.

Trail Details
Summit: 14,060′
Distance: 7 miles
Time: 4-4.5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,776 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
The trail from Guanella Pass is very popular, especially on summer weekends. Consider planning your hike on a weekday or starting before dawn to beat the crowds.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at Guanella Pass, about an hour from Denver and 11.5 miles south of Georgetown. There is a no-fee parking lot as well as off-street parking. There are pit toilets at the trailhead parking, but people were waiting 30-40 minutes in line to use them. And most of the trail is completely exposed with no privy privacy. You’ve been warned.

Get driving directions to the Guanella Pass Trailhead via Google Maps.

Guanella Pass trailhead parking

Hiking to the Summit of Mount Bierstadt

The trail starts with a gentle warm-up, as you pass Deadman’s Lake and descend to Scott Gomer Creek. Keep your eyes peeled for moose and other wildlife.

Early morning start on Mt Bierstadt

There is no way to cross the creek without getting wet. We hiked about 30 yards upstream to a more shallow section, and the ice-cold water still came up to our knees. Most people will take their hiking shoes off for the crossing.

Sign marking Mt Evans Wilderness Crossing Scott Gomer Creek en route to Mt Bierstadt

From here, the trail climbs steadily. About two miles in you traverse a rocky bench where you might be lucky enough to catch a glimpse of a mountain goat.

Above the bench, the trail makes a bee-line to the saddle to the southwest side of Mount Bierstadt. It’s straight-forward hiking.

Patch of snow near the top of Mt Bierstadt

From the saddle, the final 1/4 mile to the summit requires following rock cairns up the steep talus- and boulder-strewn slope. There is no well-defined path through this ever changing landscape of rock, but when in doubt, head up.

The summit rewards you with spectacular views of Mount Evans and the sawtooth ridge that connects it to Bierstadt, as well as Grays Peak and Torrey Peak to the west. There is room at the top to break for lunch, an summit benchmark and a register to sign.

Scramble to the top of Mt Bierstadt Mt Bierstadt Benchmark Author at the summit of Mount Bierstadt Overview of the hike up Mt Bierstadt

Panoramic view from Mt Bierstadt

To return, retrace your steps. Take care to properly orient yourself as you descend to the saddle.

Mount Bierstadt Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-mt-bierstadt.gpx

Mount Bierstadt Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • If possible, avoid hiking this on weekends or holidays when it can get quite crowded. For the same reason, please stay on the trail and follow Leave No Trace principles.
  • This trail has spectacular wildflowers.
  • Be prepared for cold air and windy conditions.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.

Idaho Springs Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80452″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeMount Bierstadt is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/feed/ 0
Hiking Grays Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/#comments Tue, 29 Aug 2017 22:01:17 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392243 Hiking Grays Peak in the Colorado Rockies

At 14,270′, Grays Peak is one of only two fourteeners that actually sits on the Continental Divide. The ninth-highest mountain in Colorado has a well-defined trail to the summit and its proximity to the slightly lower Torreys Peak (14,267′) make this a popular mountain destination, especially on summer weekends, so start your hike early. We started at 3am.

Trail Details
Summit: 14,270′
Distance: 8.6 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,939 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Late-June to early October
Download GPX
The trail climbs up a large, glacier-carved cirque with Grays and Torreys presiding at the head. It’s also a great place to hobnob with the mountain goats.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead to Grays Peak and Torrys Peak is about an hour from Denver, and just over 10 miles from Georgetown off Interstate 70. Take exit 221 from I-70 west and follow Stevens Gulch Road. The road is a rough, gravel road that travels three miles to the trailhead. While there were plenty of sedans at the trailhead, I recommend a high clearance vehicle and, in wet conditions, 4WD.

Another option is to park at the beginning of Stevens Gulch Road and hike in to the trailhead, though this adds a total of six miles to the trip. Get turn-by-turn directions to the Stephens Gulch Trailhead via Google Maps.

Hiking to the Summit of Grays Peak

Early starts are always advisable, especially on popular 14ers like Grays Peak. You’ll get parking and you will summit before noon to avoid afternoon thunderstorms. We hit the trail at 3am, hiking by headlamp.

3am start on Grays Peak

It was a clear sky, and the Milky Way was visible to the naked eye (but sadly, not my iPhone). The trail up the valley is clearly marked and easy to follow, even by headlamp. You will likely see other flickering headlamps bobbing up and down the trail in the distance.

The first three miles of the trail head straight up the valley with only a few switchbacks. When you reach the end of the cirque, the grade gets steeper but well-engineered switchbacks keep the climb steady and manageable. We hit patches of snow and ice in early July, easily manageable without traction devices.

The real payoff for the Alpine start? The sunrise views. 

Just before sunrise on the way up Grays Peak Sunrise as we ascend Grays Peak Starting early up Grays Peak pays dividends with the sunrise

 

At 3.5 miles you reach the junction with the trail from the saddle. This is used for the return from Torrys Peak. Bear left at this junction, and continue following the switchbacks and occasional cairns to the summit.

Mike on the approach to Grays Peak

The summit of Grays Peak is surrounded by a small stone wind shelter. The views? Epic.

Looking down the cirque from Grays Peak View west from Grays Peak Trail mascot Yoda at the summit of Grays Peak

Mike Off the Map and The SoCalHiker on Grays Peak

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/08/USNN3845.jpg view=360]

The return route is simple. Just retrace your steps.  Keep an eye out for mountain goats on the way. Can you find the mountain goat we saw on our return in the photo below?

Mountain goat near Grays Peak

Grays Peak and Torreys Peak These cars all made it to the trailhead

The trail up Grays Peak

Bonus Peak

Many people combine a trip up Grays Peak with Torreys Peak (14,267′). From Grays Peak, there is a faint trail down the ridgeline to the saddle, and up the ridge to Torreys Peak. Coming down, return to the saddle and take the connector back to the main trail down to the trailhead.

Adding Torreys Peak to the trip adds 0.9 miles to the total distance and another 894′ in vertical gain.

Grays Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-grays-peak.gpx

Grays Peak Tips & Resources

  • Check out Michael Restivo’s blog post for this hike. He joined me to help scout the trail.
  • Grays Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.
  • DID YOU KNOW? Grays Peak and Torreys Peak are the only fourteeners that lie directly on the Continental Divide.

Silver Plume Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80476″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeGrays Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on July 2, 2017. Thanks to Michael Restivo for joining me. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/feed/ 11
Hiking Horseshoe Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/#comments Thu, 24 Aug 2017 23:20:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391787 Hiking Horseshoe Mountain in the Colorado Rockies

Horseshoe Mountain scrapes the clouds at 13,898′ – just shy of being a 14er. Even so, the glacier carved cirque remains one of Colorado’s 100 tallest mountains, and the views are coveted by peak baggers. Just west of Fairplay, Horseshoe Mountain straddles Park and Lake County and is dotted with abandoned mines. Epic views, fascinating geology, and a rich mining history make this uncrowded hike a gem.

Trail Details
Summit: 13,898′
Distance: 6.4 miles
Time: 4-4.5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,254 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
The abandoned mines provide another twist to this trek. Old jeep trails criss-cross the area, so you’ll put your map reading and navigation skills to the test as you make your way to the saddle.

Getting to the Trailhead

The adventure begins with an 11 mile drive on a bumpy gravel road called Fourmile Road (CO-9). Sedans should be fine, but you’ll need to allow additional time. When you pass the crumbling remains of the ghost town of Leavick, you are almost there. You can park on the side of the road, or take a left and follow the dirt road up another 0.5 mile, at which point you are at timberline. Get driving directions here.

Travel 11 miles on this gravel road Glimpse into the mining heyday Road 603 Forest Service Road 603

Hiking to the Summit of Horseshoe Mountain

This trek began with a hike up a gravel Forest Service road. After about a 0.5 miles you pass the last of the cabins and the “road” becomes a rough double-track. You could drive to that point and park on the side of the road, but you may want a high clearance or 4WD vehicle.

Continue onward and upward.

Winding up to Horseshoe Mountain

One mile in, the namesake cirque of Horseshoe Mountain comes into view. Keep following the trail as it winds upward.

The trail heads to the saddle north of the cirque

As you near the base of the cirque, you’ll see the headwaters of Fourmile Creek–Leavick Tarn.

Small tarn below Horseshoe Mountain

The glacier-carved cirque of Horseshoe Mountain

Pick your way up the myriad of trails, aiming towards the saddle north of the cirque. Along the way, you’ll see the remains of many abandoned mines. Though it may be tempting, I advise against exploring these unstable and potentially dangerous structures.

One of many abandoned mines on Horseshoe Mountain

At 2.7 miles, you reach the saddle which begins at 13,110 feet. From the saddle, follow the ridge-line toward the south.

Ridge line toward Horseshoe Mountain

In late June, a foot path was easy to follow towards the summit, with just a few patches of snow to traverse.

Trail along ridge toward the summit of Horseshoe Mountain

The summit of Horseshoe Mountain is marked by a small mound of rocks. Keep heading south until you reach it.

Keep going up Horseshoe Mountain to the carin

The views from the summit are phenomenal.

View east from Horseshoe Mountain Our mascot Yoda on Horseshoe Mountain Wildflowers at nearly 14,000 feet Jeff Hester on Horseshoe Mountain

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/08/MEPQ4319.jpg view=360]

The wind on the ridge is powerful and cold. Be prepared to layer up.

Retrace your steps back to your vehicle, roughly 6.5 miles roundtrip.

Looking east toward Fairplay

Horseshoe Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-horseshoe-mountain.gpx

Horseshoe Mountain Tips & Resources

  • Horseshoe Mountain is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.

Fairplay Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80440″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBirthday Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 30, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/feed/ 6
Hiking Birthday Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/#respond Sat, 19 Aug 2017 15:19:00 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391258

Birthday Peak is in the 12er family. At 12,730 feet, it sees less foot traffic than its taller cousins, which means you’ll have more solitude but still have epic views of the surrounding mountains in the Collegiate Peaks Wilderness. This hike requires some additional navigation skills and includes a fun boulder scramble to the summit. If you’re lucky, you might enjoy the company of a mountain goat or two.

Trail Details
Summit: 12,730′
Distance: 10.3 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,827 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
Sitting on the Continental Divide, Birthday Peak really has spectacular views of the surrounding 14ers–and with names like Harvard, Princeton, Columbia and Yale, you might think you’ve made the Ivy League.

Getting to the Trailhead

This hike begins at the North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead, about 8.5 miles west of the rustic town of Buena Vista. Much of the road is gravel and dirt, but easily passable in a sedan during normal summer conditions. Get turn-by-turn driving directions using Google Maps. Parking is free and no permit is required.

Parking at the North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead Crossing Cottonwood Creek

Hiking to Birthday Peak

There is only one trail from the trailhead, and it begins with a gentle climb that parallels and occasionally crosses Cottonwood Creek, heading towards Kroenke Lake and Browns Pass.

At 2.7 miles in, an improvised log crossing of Horn Fork Creek was the sole challenge along the Kroenke Lake Trail. There was still a lot of snow melt, so the water was running strong and I was grateful to have brought my trekking poles.

Improvised creek crossing

At about the 4 mile mark, I reached the unnamed creek that led up towards Birthday Peak.

Unnamed Creek where I turned off trail towards Birthday Peak

Rather than follow the Kroenke Trail as it continues across this tributary and continues alongside Cottonwood Creek, we tu, ned right to follow this unnamed creek up to the cirque below Birthday Peak. Some guide books describe the trail here as “intermittent”, but there was hardly a trace in late June. This off-trail section requires good map reading skills, but as long as you follow the little creek, you will do pretty well. Having the route and maps downloaded on GaiaGPS helped tremendously.

Climbing above the tree-line, the creek grew smaller and smaller, replaced by the occasional snow field.

Birthday Peak in the distance

Soon the saddle to the south of Birthday Peak was in clear view. There were some footpaths through the snow and rock that made provided a good target as I aimed for that saddle.

Making my way to the saddle below Birthday Peak

At the top of the saddle, straddling the Continental Divide, looking back on what I had just climbed.

Looking back down from the saddle below Birthday Peak

From the saddle, make your way north along the ridge to Birthday Peak. The final 0.25 miles required boulder scrambling to reach the summit. It looks more intimidating than it really is. Take your time and test each rock before putting your full weight on it.

Looking up the boulder scramble to the summit of Birthday Peak

The summit of Birthday Peak itself has a grassy knoll spotted with wildflowers. The summit register is protected by a small rock cairn.

Summit Register at Birthday Peak Cairn atop Birthday Peak

The views from Birthday Peak are sublime.

Heading back down was easier, and I knew where I had to aim. Picking your route is much simpler when you have your GPS track to follow, and can see the area from above.

Heading back down to Cottonwood Creek

Once you reconnect with the Kroenke Lake Trail, follow it downhill back to the trailhead.

Alternate Route

A longer, but easier route to navigate that some people prefer is to follow the Kroenke Lake Trail all the way to Browns Pass. From there, veer north and pick your way along the ridge-line, eventually reaching Birthday Peak. This adds some mileage but eliminates any bushwhacking.

Birthday Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-birthday-peak.gpx

Birthday Peak Tips & Resources

  • Birthday Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water and sun protection.
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash.
  • After the hike, grab lunch in downtown Buena Vista and stop in at The Trailhead–a great local outdoor store.

Buena Vista Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”81211″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBirthday Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 29, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/feed/ 0
Hiking Rocky Mountain via the Manitou Incline https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/#comments Fri, 18 Aug 2017 20:46:14 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391053 Hike Rocky Mountain via Manitou Incline

Yes, Rocky Mountain is an actual mountain. Located in Manitou Springs, Colorado, this 9,250′ peak is often overshadowed by the trail that climbs it: the famous Manitou Incline. This route forms a loop that ascends the incline, but then continues climbing to the little-traveled summit of Rocky Mountain before descending via the gentler grade of the Barr Trail.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,250′
Distance: 6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,483 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Late-April to Late November
Download GPX
As Peak #2 in the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, Rocky Mountain offers a unique challenge of its own: climbing the Manitou Incline. The incline trail was created on the site of the former Manitou Incline Rail, which was destroyed by a rock slide in 1990. This trail goes straight up, climbing 2,000 vertical feet in under one mile. But most people stop at the top of the incline and completely miss the summit. But not you, right?

Getting to the Trailhead

You have two options to reach the summit of Rocky Mountain: the short-but-steep Manitou Incline, or the longer, gentler Barr Trail. This guide describes a loop that takes you up Manitou Incline and back down the Barr Trail, but you could easily modify this to go out-and-back via the Barr Trail. The two trailheads are only about 100 yards apart, so the parking will be basically the same. You can get turn-by-turn driving directions to the Incline trailhead on Google Maps, and here is the Barr Trailhead.

Speaking of parking… it’s a problem. Both the Incline and the Barr trails are popular, plus the Pikes Peak Cog Railway starts in the same area. If you find parking, you will pay through the nose for it (imagine $10/hour). I recommend parking in downtown Manitou Springs and walking up Ruxton Avenue to the trailhead. It adds about 0.8 miles each way, but I paid just $10 for about 5-6 hours of parking. And it’s a nice walk.

Hiking to Rocky Mountain

There are two routes up Rocky Mountain; the Manitou Incline and the Barr Trail. This guide describes the route up the incline, returning via the Barr Trail. You can modify this to go out-and-back via the Barr Trail if desired. Going down via the incline is not recommended. It’s bad for the knees and bad for traffic flow.

The Manitou Incline is an impressive sight. It’s a series of steps that goes quite literally straight up the mountain. It starts out with gentle steps, but steepens quickly.

Starting the Manitou Incline

At roughly the halfway point up the incline, there is a “bail-out” point where you take a break or cut over to the Barr Trail.

Looking down Manitou Incline from the bail-out point

Looking down from here, it’s hard to believe you’re only half-way up Manitou Incline.

Shade is precious on this trail. There is some, but the steps are largely exposed, making an early morning start advisable in warm weather. Still, there are little nooks where you can duck off the steps and catch your breath in the shade.

In places, the trail goes from steep to ludicrous.

Manitou Incline goes from steep to ludicrous

After a mile and 2,000 feet of vertical climb, you reach the top of the incline. Go ahead. Pose for that selfie, drink some water, and eat a snack. You may be done with the Incline, but you’ve still got more hiking to reach the summit.

There is a well established double-track trail that heads towards Rocky Mountain, although are no trail signs. Head uphill past the crumbling concrete foundations that remain from the old incline rail, and look for the wide trail bearing left and uphill.

Look for this trail up Rocky Mountain

At 1.5 miles, take a faint single-track trail up to the right.

The lightly-used trail to the summit of Rocky Mountain

Follow this as it winds up the mountain, aiming for the summit. There were a few downed trees to cross over, but nothing to difficult.

Quiet trail through the forest

Finally, you’ll see the boulder-strewn summit of Rocky Mountain. The high point itself is atop a large boulder formation, easily identified by the wood beam anchored at the top. This used to be part of a ladder that climbed to the top, and which has decayed and fallen to bits that you can see nearby. Climbing to the top is not difficult.

Boulder high-point of Rocky Mountain

At the summit of Rocky Mountain Pikes Peak in the distance Mt Manitou in the distance

To head down, retrace your steps down the single-track trail until you reach the wider double-track section. Here you’ll turn right, heading down and west to the junction with the Barr Trail. Turn left at the Barr Trail and follow it down the switchbacks to the trailhead, about three miles.

Trail sign for the Incline Trail sign for the Barr Trail The Barr Trail weaves through these boulders Halfway point on the Manitou Incline Barr Trail

 

Manitou Incline to Rocky Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-rocky-mountain.gpx

Rocky Mountain via Manitou Incline Tips & Resources

  • Rocky Mountain is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water and sun protection.
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash.
  • After the hike, grab lunch in Manitou Springs.

Rocky Mountain / Manitou Incline Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80809″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeRocky Mountain is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 28, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/feed/ 4
Hiking to Bergen Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/#comments Mon, 14 Aug 2017 23:10:10 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=390298 Hike to Bergen Peak

Bergen Peak in the Jefferson County Open Space is a short 30 minutes from Denver. At an elevation of 9,708′ it provides a good view of Mount Evans to the west, as well as a good portion of the front range.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,708′
Distance: 9.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,890 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-April to Late November
Download GPX
The trail is well-maintained and well-marked, yet climbs nearly to 10,000′. It’s the perfect start to the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge™, giving low-landers a chance to acclimatize and prepare for the higher elevations to come.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at the Elk Meadow Park trailhead on Stage Coach Boulevard, just north of the town of Evergreen (map). Most of the trail is within the Jefferson County Open Space, but a portion crosses into neighboring Bergen Peak Wildlife Area, where hunting is allowed in season. There is a restroom a short distance from the parking lot, but no other facilities on this trail. Bring your own water.

Parking for Bergen Peak Trail Toilets near the trailhead to Bergen Peak

Hiking to Bergen Peak

The trail begins at the north end of the parking lot. At about 0.3 miles, take a left at the junction to follow the Meadow View Trail.

The lower section of the trail runs along the meadow

After another 0.6 miles, bear left again to take the Bergen Peak Trail. This climbs close to the ridge line before veering north.

Most of the trail to Bergen Peak is forested One of three junctions en route to Bergen Peak Shade on the trail to Bergen Peak

Bear left again at the final trail junction with the Too Long Trail and the final mile to the summit.

View from an overlook near the top of Bergen Peak Looking out over the Colorado Front Range Yoda approves of Bergen Peak Radio tower atop Bergen Peak

You can take the same route back, or if you want to extend the hike, take the Too Long Trail back down toward the meadow and back to the beginning.

Bergen Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-bergen-peak.gpx

Bergen Peak Tips & Resources

  • Bergen Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash. There’s also an off-leash dog park in a meadow south of the parking lot.
  • The trail is shared with mountain bikes and equestrians. Hikers yield to horses and bikers yield to both, although it’s often more courteous to allow bikers to pass, especially when they’re climbing. We came across one couple biking and no horses on our hike.
  • Get the latest on the trail at the official Elk Meadow Park website.
  • After the hike, grab a burger at the Little Bear Saloon & Restaurant in Evergreen. The stage at this old-time western venue has hosted John Denver, Willie Nelson and many others.

Bergen Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80439″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBergen Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 27, 2017.

Thanks to Bryan Martin of Big City Mountaineers for joining me on this hike. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/feed/ 2
Take an Epic Adventure! Join the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge https://socalhiker.net/take-epic-adventure-join-2017-six-pack-peaks-challenge/ https://socalhiker.net/take-epic-adventure-join-2017-six-pack-peaks-challenge/#comments Thu, 01 Dec 2016 08:01:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=86404 Register for the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Registration for the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is now open! We’ve extended early bird pricing through January 31st, and thanks to your feedback, made great improvements for our third annual challenge.

What is the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge?

The Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is an annual hiking challenge with six strenuous hikes up six great Southern California mountains: Mt Wilson, Cucamonga Peak, Mt San Antonio–aka Mt Baldy, San Bernardino Peak, Mt San Jacinto and the tallest peak in SoCal, San Gorgonio Peak. These aren’t the six tallest peaks in SoCal, but they are notable peaks. The hikes are beautiful, but also challenging, taking a full day for most people. After the snow melts, these peaks are all hike-able with no mountaineering required. Registration helps support Big City Mountaineers–a non-profit that works to give under-served inner-city youth a chance to experience big outdoor adventure.

2017 marks the third year for the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and we are stoked to see so many people fired up about getting outdoors. We hope you are one of them. Check out the #SixPackOfPeaks posts on Instagram for a hint of what’s in store for our 2017 Challengers.

Ready to sign-up? Check out the registration options and sign-up now

Here’s an overview of the changes for 2017

  • The window for hiking the six peaks will be January 1, 2017 through September 30, 2017. This is a month shorter than last year, so plan your hikes accordingly!
  • The Six-Pack of Peaks Celebration (check out the photos from this year) will be held on Saturday, October 7th – mark your calendars now!
  • All registered finishers get free admission to the party with their RSVP.  Guests and other challengers are encouraged to join us and will be able purchase tickets.
  • New fundraising options for Big City Mountaineers! We’re changing up the fundraising format, so you can join the team and Summit for Someone. You can get your very own fundraising page and set your own fundraising goal. Your friends and family can make donations and get a tax deduction as well. Last year we raised $10,000 for BCM. With your help, this year we’re going to double that!
  • Challengers registered at the Explorer and Trailblazer levels will get a welcome packet* that includes a sticker pack and the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks patch. Trailblazers also get the new 100% organic cotton 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks t-shirt in either men’s or women’s style. No coupons to redeem–it’s part of the registration process.
  • If you register at the Starter level there are no physical goodies included. You can order stickers, patches, shirts and more in the shop.
  • Big improvements are coming to the hike logs, making them easier to share, like and comment.

We had a lot of requests for tank tops, long sleeve tees and even hoodies. We will have those available in the shop early in 2017. If you prefer these to the short sleeved tees included at the Trailblazer level, you should probably register at the Explorer Level, which doesn’t include a shirt. Then you can order whatever style of shirt you want separately. Of course, if you do want the really nice short sleeve tees we’ve put together for 2017 (and who wouldn’t!?), the Trailblazer registration is your best value.

Hiking Clubs, Groups and Teams

Many people find that the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is more fun with a group. We encourage hiking clubs, hiking groups or even a team of close friends to sign-up and hike together. If you are leading a hiking group, club or team and taking on the 2017 challenge, send us an email at teams@socalhiker.net and let us know.

Sponsorship Opportunities

We have epic partnership opportunities for businesses who want to support the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. The Challenge grew from just 175 challengers in 2015 to 1,002 in 2016, and the community is still growing. And unlike most outdoor “events” this one runs for nine full months. Interested? Learn more.

*Welcome packets will ship beginning the first week of January 2017. 

Looking for Adventure? Sign-up for the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/take-epic-adventure-join-2017-six-pack-peaks-challenge/feed/ 5
2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Recap https://socalhiker.net/2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge-recap/ https://socalhiker.net/2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge-recap/#respond Mon, 21 Nov 2016 01:00:48 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=86198 A big thank-you to all of the challengers and congratulations to those who finished our second annual Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Together, you have logged over 2,500 hikes up the six peaks, hiked more than 32,000 miles and climbed nearly 11 million vertical feet! Best of all, you helped raise $10,000 for Big City Mountaineers–and awesome charity that helps underserved urban youth gain valuable life experience through epic outdoor adventures.

We had a big crowd join us at the Finisher’s Party at Oak Creek Golf Club in Irvine, where we saw a screening of The Muir Project’s latest short documentary NOATAK: Return to the Arctic, shared our next big adventure, and swapped tales from the trails over tacos and cerveza. Big City Mountaineers board member Ben Gipson was on hand to thank everyone for their support and shared the story of how young lives have been impacted by the program. And of course, we gave away a bunch of gear and other goodies.

The 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge By-the-Numbers

There are some pretty amazing stats from this year’s challenge, and we’ve shared an overview in this infographic. What really stands out from these numbers is that you Challengers are making an huge impact on the community. You are supporting a great cause and you’re inspiring everyone else you’re connected to on Facebook, Instagram and face-to-face. I’m inspired.

Recap of thhe 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge By-the-Numbers

Our Giveaways

We had two big prize drawings at the Finishers’ Party. One open to all challengers and the other open to finishers only. We also had smaller drawings for those at the finishers party. Congratulations to all our winners!

Special thanks to the good folks at TETON Sports for providing some great gear for the drawings, including:

  • Summit 1500 UltraLight Backpack
  • Summit 2800 UltraLight Backpack
  • Altos +20F down sleeping bag
  • Oasis 1100 Hydration Backpack

Great equipment for the big adventures ahead!

Looking Back on 2016

It’s inspiring to look back at what this year’s challengers have done. Here are a few ways to reminisce:

Registration for the 2017 Challenge

Registration for the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge will begin on December 1st just in time for Christmas and your end-of-year goal planning. Early bird registration will give you a discount, so don’t delay!

Call for Sponsors

Next year’s challenge is gearing up to be bigger and better. If you run a company or know of one that would like to sponsor next year’s challenge and reach thousands of passionate, outdoor-minded people from all over Southern California, let us know! Send us an email at sponsorship@socalhiker.net and we’ll show you how we can help.

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge-recap/feed/ 0
Big Adventures Ahead https://socalhiker.net/big-adventures-ahead/ https://socalhiker.net/big-adventures-ahead/#comments Thu, 17 Nov 2016 02:57:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=86089 At the 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Finisher’s Party, we asked folks to write down their next big adventure and clip it to a line with a clothespin. The end result looked a bit like a Himalayan prayer flag filled with inspiring goals from our challengers.

Your next big adventure

Here’s a glimpse at what they’ve got planned for the year ahead.

Alabama Hills Mt Whitney & Half Dome Hike Mt Whitney and Thanksgiving in Death Valley Iceland Hike a mountain out of state Joshua Tree, Yosemite, Havasupai Mt Rainier, WA Mt Kilamanjaro Mt Fuji Learn to Rock Climb Iron Mountain and Cactus to Clouds Becoming a parent Iron Mountain Hike Whitney Hiking 8 miles in Crystal Cove solo Mt Baldy Crater Lake Finishing the semester and visiting a new national park Mount Whitney Mount Rainier More Hike Beyond the Hills Macchu Picchu Disney Rebel Challenge Cactus to Clouds Backpacking the High S ierras Cactus to Clouds Joshua Tree NP Half Dome Iron Mt Havasupai Yosemite Joshua Tree Baden Powell, Death Valley, Joshua Tree Mt Rainier C2C, Whitney and Half Dome Death Valley High Sierra Trail Creamistry and Ramen Backpack Havasu Falls Havasupai Falls Half Dome, JMT & Ragnar Relay All California 14ers Half Dome Cactus to Clouds Anything with Mountains n Moonshine Burney Falls Half Dome (topless) Cactus to Clouds Camping at Puddingston Lake Going to Ireland & Iceland Death Valley Cape Solitude Mt Rainier Canoing down the John River in North Canada Cactus to Clouds Camp! Camino de Santiago 11 Cities Tour in Netherlands Mt Whitney & Half Dome Cactus to Clouds 3H Everywhere Big Iron 2018 Six-Pack of Peaks

What’s on your adventure list for 2017? Let us know in the comments.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/big-adventures-ahead/feed/ 3
Photo Gallery: 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher’s Party https://socalhiker.net/photo-gallery-2016-six-pack-peaks-finishers-party/ https://socalhiker.net/photo-gallery-2016-six-pack-peaks-finishers-party/#respond Mon, 14 Nov 2016 08:45:10 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=85912 We had a great time at the 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Finisher’s Party. We swapped tales from the trail; worked on a different kind of “six-pack” challenge; gave away some great gear; ate copious amounts of tacos; and generally had a blast.

Here are just a few of the highlights.

You can click the any photo to view a large version or leave comments on any photo.

Your next big adventure

Special Thanks

This celebration wouldn’t have been possible without the many people who volunteered and helped make it happen. Thanks to event photographer Sean Villaruz for capturing these great moments.

Thanks to SoCal hiker Duncan Simms and the good folks at Oak Creek Golf Club for providing a great venue.

Thanks to Kristin Seiler for her top-notch event coordination. She did an excellent job of keeping us all on track.

Thanks to Jae Bundang and Jason Sudo for behind-the-scenes support as well as Stacy Kerr for helping everyone get checked in.

Thanks to our volunteers who helped man the swag table, coordinate the games and the activities, helped with the setup and the raffle drawings (in no particular order): Kathleen Miller, Raya Greenbaum, Mireya Vela, Carisa and Paul Hernandez, and Francine and Steve Avellaneda.

Special thanks to Ben Gipson from Big City Mountaineers for sharing their story, and to Jason Fitzpatrick from The Muir Project for screening NOATAK: Return to the Arctic.

Most of all, thanks to all of the 2017 Six-Pack of Peaks Challengers and our 2016 Finishers! You are an inspiration to me and to many, many others.

Hope to see you all next year! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/photo-gallery-2016-six-pack-peaks-finishers-party/feed/ 0
Last Chance to Register for the 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge https://socalhiker.net/last-chance-register-2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge/ https://socalhiker.net/last-chance-register-2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge/#comments Fri, 07 Oct 2016 15:59:35 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=84583 Last chance to register for the 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The window for completing the 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge is closing soon. This year we’ve had over 950 challengers registered, and together they have logged over 2,000 hikes up the six peaks, hiking over 20,000 miles and raising nearly $10,000 for Big City Mountaineers. Along the trail, challengers have written new stories to share, taken some amazing photos, made new friends, and learned what they are capable of.

If you planned to register but never got around to it, it’s not too late. Your hikes already completed in 2016 will count. But act fast, because registration closes on October 14th. 

Your registration not only helps support Big City Mountaineers–an awesome charity that helps get underserved inner-city youth outdoors–but it also enters you into our gear giveaway for a chance to win some great equipment for your next big adventure.

To learn more visit SixPackOfPeaks.com.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/last-chance-register-2016-six-pack-peaks-challenge/feed/ 1
10 Overnight Backpack Trips in Southern California https://socalhiker.net/10-overnight-backpack-trips-southern-california/ https://socalhiker.net/10-overnight-backpack-trips-southern-california/#comments Thu, 14 Apr 2016 06:38:59 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=80138 The word is out. Southern California has a veritable plethora of hiking trails. And a plethora and a half of hikers exploring them. 99.9% of hikers are firmly in the day-hike only camp, and usually it’s just a matter of not knowing how to start and where to go to gain some backpacking experience.

With this in mind, I’ve come up with a list of ten great overnight backpacking trips. Most of these trips can be modified to make them easier or more challenging, depending on what you’re after. But they all provide a taste of outdoor adventure that can be enjoyed by anyone with a free night.

1. Crystal Cove State Park

Photo: teakwood

Most people don’t realize this, but Crystal Cove State Park in Orange County has several backcountry camps that you can use — and they have sweeping ocean views! The trails are busy during the day, but you can hike up and setup your camp after work and still have time to cook dinner and watch the sunset. And as the sun goes down, the day-hiker (and mountain biker) crowds go with it, leaving you with a pretty sweet view.

Why this trip rocks? My friend Tracy uses this park for what she calls a “gear shakedown” before any bigger trips, testing new gear in a relatively low-risk situation. It’s a great way to dip your toes into backpacking without traveling far.

2. Santa Cruz Trail

Spring wildflowers in the Santa Barbara backcountry

This is a longer, more strenuous out-and-back trip in the Santa Barbara backcountry that’s best done in the spring (it gets a bit too hot in the summer). Hike 10 miles in with 2,500′ vertical gain, setup camp by a stream under the shade of 100-year old oaks, and hike back the next day.

Why backpack this? The distance and elevation gain are an almost perfect match for a typical day on the John Muir Trail (although at a much lower altitude). It’s a good way to see how your body responds to the climb and the distance. Time it right, and you’ll be rewarded with a spectacular wildflower show.

3. Barker Valley in the Palomar Mountains

Fellow hiking blogger Scott Turner has a super guide to this great little overnight trip to Barker Valley in the Palomar Mountains in northeast San Diego County. It’s what I call an “upside-down” hike, meaning you go down 1000′ feet to the river, camp overnight, then hike up 1000′ to get back to the trailhead. But at 6.5 miles round trip, it makes a gentler introduction to backpacking.

Backpack this for… meadows, a river and a waterfall. And it’s dog-friendly. Woof!

4. Santa Anita Canyon

 

Rising out of the valley

You can stay at Hogee’s on Winter Creek, or Spruce Grove on the Gabrieleño Trail. And if you’re feeling ambition in the morning, you can bag Mt Wilson — one of the Six-Pack of Peaks. Here’s a guide to a grand loop up Gabrieleño to the summit and down via Winter Creek. You can hike it either direction, or modify it to suit you time and energy.

I love this overnighter for… a healthy dose of LA’s hiking history. Hoagie’s and Spruce Grove campgrounds date back a hundred years. And these lush canyons feel like a world away from the freeways and traffic jams.

5. Cucamonga Peak

Joan on the Approach to Cucamonga Peak

Joan and I backpacked to Cucamonga Peak and spent the night for our Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge (that’s her silhouetted in the setting sun en route to the summit. Pack in all your water (I took six liters).

Hike this for… the sunset. And the sunrise. And the stars and city lights in-between. We even saw the Disneyland fireworks from the summit! Did I mention this hike is also dog friendly? Woof!

6. Mt Baldy

 

Full Moon hike up Mt Baldy

Full Moon hike up Mt Baldy

Camping on the top of Mt Baldy is an experience. You have to pack in all your water. It’s cold, windy and exposed. But oh those sunrise and sunsets! And it’s dog friendly.

7. San Bernardino Peak

 

Photo: Mitch Barrie

Photo: Mitch Barrie

The San Bernardino Trail goes all the way up to San Bernardino Peak (and beyond). But you can stop at Limber Pine Flat and camp overnight.

Why on earth? For views like the one shown above. Says it all.

8. Catalina Island

Camp at Parsons Landing

Camp at Parsons Landing

You don’t have to hike the entire Trans-Catalina Trail to enjoy overnight backpacking on Catalina. Take the ferry from San Pedro into Two Harbors, and you can day hike to either Little Harbor or Two Harbors to Parsons Landing. Each is on a different side of the island, and each has it’s own distinct vibe.

Why backpack here? Are you serious? If you live in SoCal, you must do this at least once!

9. San Gorgonio

Sunset from our campsite at High Creek

Most people hike up San Gorgonio — the highest peak in Southern California — in a single day hike. But they would be missing out on views like this one, from my High Creek campsite in 2013. Another great option is Halfway Camp (supposedly halfway to the summit from the trailhead). And once you’ve spent the night, you don’t have to continue to San Gorgonio. But you probably will.

Why backpack San Gorgonio? Because it’s the tallest damn mountain in SoCal, and you should make the journey last as long as you can.

10. San Jacinto

First Look at Round Valley

San Jacinto is my personal favorite! I’ve been backpacking on this mountain since I was a teenager, and I’ll never tire of it. You can hike in from Idyllwild or take the tram up. I took my daughter up there on an overnight backpack trip before she even was walking!

Why is San Jacinto my favorite? Options to bag San Jacinto, or just go check out Wellman’s Divide. Beautiful alpine meadows, and peaks that remind me of the Sierra Nevada mountains. Here’s a peek at our overnight trip from the Tram to the summit of San Jacinto.

Wrapping Up

All of these overnight these overnight trips include some bureaucracy, usually in the form of a wilderness permit obtainable from the local ranger station.

Those are some of my top picks for short overnight backpack trips all over Southern California. Leave a comment to share your favorites. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/10-overnight-backpack-trips-southern-california/feed/ 29
Congratulations to the 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers! https://socalhiker.net/congratulations-to-the-2015-six-pack-of-peaks-finishers/ https://socalhiker.net/congratulations-to-the-2015-six-pack-of-peaks-finishers/#comments Mon, 23 Nov 2015 14:49:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=18381 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge Recap

Congratulations to all the finishers of our inaugural Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge!

When I created the Six-Pack of Peaks, it was a challenging personal goal for my girlfriend and I to help us train for our thru-hike on the John Muir Trail. I led group hikes on each of the six peaks — and it turned out to be a popular series for a lot of people. Some do it for the personal challenge. Others use it to train for even bigger adventures.

2015 marked the debut of the official Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and I was blown away by the positive response. We had 85 amazing finishers who registered for the challenge and hiked to the summit of all six peaks between January 1, 2015 and October 31, 2015.

Together, these finishers hiked over 6,800 miles and climbed over 2.3 million vertical feet! Most of all, they did something special. There are over 22 million people living in Southern California — but only a few can claim to have hiked the Six-Pack of Peaks, let alone in one season.

The Fundraiser

BCM - Mentoring urban youth outdoorsYes, we hiked…a lot! We made new friends on the trail. We learned what we were made of and what we could do when we set big goals and committed. But we also raised over $1600 for Big City Mountaineers — a non-profit organization that works with under-served urban youth, helping them learn and grow through epic outdoor experiences. Board member and alum Amy Tam even joined us at the Finisher’s Party and shared how BCM made a difference in her life, and how it continues to do so for so many young people.

I highly encourage you to check out their website to learn more.

The Sponsors

A very special thanks go to this year’s sponsors. They supported the challenge by donating gear for our two big gear giveaways, and really helped us get our first challenge kicked off right. This year’s sponsors included:

I know you’re probably familiar with many of these brands — and they deserve a look.

The Gear Giveaway Winners

For 2015 we had two giveaways, both selected in a random drawing at our Finisher’s Party. The first giveaway was open to all registrants, regardless of whether they finished or not, and the second was for finishers only. As it turned out, both of our winners were also finishers.

Congratulations to Nindy Pastor and Megan Gibney! 

The 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers

Here are all 85 finishers for the 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge (in alphabetical order by first name):

  • Aaron Mendonca
  • Alexandra Gonzalez
  • Amanda Thompson
  • Andrew Jackman
  • Andrew Valdes
  • Angelia Blas
  • Brandon Setter
  • CeCe Lorthioir
  • Chris Perry-Hill
  • Christina Franz
  • Christina Hinojosa
  • Cynthia Tessin
  • Dan Hughley
  • Daniel Hernandez
  • Daniel Minear
  • David Fisher
  • Debbie Taranik
  • Dominique Topacio
  • Doug Bredesen
  • Editha Yangco
  • Elizabeth Luna
  • Elizabeth Sevilla
  • Emma Johnson
  • Eric Sevilla
  • Fernando Gonzalez
  • Gary Hill
  • Harvey Fiji
  • Ilana Gustafson
  • Iris Morales
  • Iva Buis
  • Jae Bundang
  • Jake House
  • James Krise
  • Jamie Dufour
  • Jason Anderson
  • Jason Fitzpatrick
  • Jason Sudo
  • Jeff Hester
  • Jeff Stark
  • Jelsomina Elsasser
  • Jen Iarossi
  • Jenny Le
  • Jenny Smith
  • Jeremy Via
  • Jesse Sanchez
  • Jessica Setter
  • Jessica Yang
  • Jo-Russell Reyes
  • Jon Ryther
  • Jon Valencia
  • Josue Iniego
  • Kathleen Miller
  • Keith Robinson
  • Kim Hicks
  • Kristen Combs
  • Kristin Seiler
  • Kristy Loufek
  • Laura Skorich
  • Lisa King
  • Lori Wolfe
  • Manuel Herrera
  • Maria Pizarro
  • Matthew Adame
  • Megan Gibney
  • Melissa Maher
  • Michelle DeYoe
  • Minh La
  • Monika Kalem
  • Natalie Anderson
  • Nate Truax
  • Nelly Santacruz
  • Nick Wagstaff
  • Nindy Pastor
  • Pilar Goluch
  • Rachael Eckhardt
  • Ruben Baier
  • Sonja Alli-Casella
  • Staci Kirk
  • Stephanie Duerfeldt
  • Thomas Pena
  • Tony Ramos
  • Urs Inauen
  • Vanessa Villa
  • William Dickson

Well done! You are all amazing and inspiring.

The Finisher’s Party

It’s been a real pleasure to follow along with your adventures on Facebook, Instagram and through your amazing hiking logs here on SoCal Hiker. Just looking at what photos you posted here on the Wall of Fame and on Instagram with the #SixPackOfPeaks hashtag, you shared over 1,800 photos of your adventures on these peaks.

At the 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers Party

I know many of you know each other, or ran into others hiking the Six-Pack during your own hikes. But nowhere were there more of us in one place, at one time as at this year’s Finisher’s Party. We had a slide show, we shared great pizza and beer, swapped stories and celebrated our accomplishment. It was a blast.

Proudly sporting their Six-Pack of Peaks t-shirts Finishers at the Finishers Party Jeff and Joan at the Six-Pack of Peaks Finishers Party

The 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

So what’s next? Many people have been asking if there will be a 2016 Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. The answer is… ABSOLUTELY! Early-bird registration will open in December — so you have plenty of time to plan, schedule and hike your Six-Pack of Peaks.

If you want to get your inaugural 2015 Six-Pack of Peaks t-shirt or patch — you can still get yours in the store while supplies last.

It was awesome getting to know so many of you through this year’s challenge, and I hope to see you on the trails next year!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/congratulations-to-the-2015-six-pack-of-peaks-finishers/feed/ 6
Hiking to San Bernardino Peak via Angelus Oaks https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/#comments Thu, 22 May 2014 21:47:28 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=512  

Hiking San Bernardino Peak via Angelus Oaks

Trail Details
Distance: 16.5 miles
Time: ~9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,702 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October

Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the fourth in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to train for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

One of the best-kept secrets of Southern California is San Bernardino Mountain. Just five miles away from the highest peak in SoCal — San Gorgonio — San Bernardino tops out at a respectable 10,649 feet. Hiking from Angelus Oaks, this 16-mile out-and-back trail climbs over 4,600 vertical feet. It makes for a very long day hike or a great weekend backpacking trip.

Sign to the trailhead parking

The first challenge with this hike is finding the trailhead. I was able to find it on Google Maps, but the directions Google gave me neglected to point out that many of the streets in Angelus Oaks are missing street signs. Not helpful. The key is to look for the fire station (it’s on Manzanita). Turn torwards the station, then an immediate left on the frontage road. That’s where you’ll see what might be the most detailed road sign I’ve ever seen.

You’ll drive about 1/4 mile along a bumpy dirt road. You can take a passenger car up there driving slowly, though I was glad to be driving my Xterra.

Angelus Oaks Trailhead

The trailhead parking requires an Adventure Pass. There is a message board and the ranger regularly posts updates (“rattlesnake seen on the trail” or “be sure to carry your permit”). Check the board for any special notices before heading up the only trailhead which begins just to the left.

Permit Availability

Permits are required to hike this trail, even as a day hike, and group size is limited to a maximum of 12. Permits are free, and can be obtained online on the San Gorgonio Wilderness Association website.

You can also backpack overnight up San Bernardino Peak, coming either at Limber Pine Bench.

There are three distinct sections to this trail. The first section climbs steadily up well-engineered switchbacks through oak and pine forest. You gain a lot of elevation quickly, but the trail is smooth and not too steep. I was impressed with the great views out toward the Inland Empire and north towards the snow-capped Mt. San Antonio (aka Baldy).

Angelus Oaks trail

Eventually you emerge at Manzanita Flats — the main junction along this trail. Note: read the trail signs, and head toward Limber Pines.

Manzanita

The second section gently climbs through manzanita, with beautiful views to the north towards Big Bear. The trail beings to climb up the final slope as you near Limber Pines. There is a small seasonal creek that you’ll cross about 1/2 mile before Limber Pines. I wouldn’t count on using from mid-summer on, but with this year’s bumper crop of snow, it was flowing pretty well in mid-June.

Limber Pines is where the weekend backpackers often setup camp, and it makes a great place for a break before your final climb. The third and final section follows switchbacks up the steep slope to Washington’s Monument, then parallels the ridge to the top of San Bernardino Peak.

San Bernardino Panorama

This is last section of the trail, you may really begin to feel the altitude, and depending on the time of year,  you may find large patches of snow covering entire sections of the trail. Fortunately the warm weather has been melting what snow remains pretty quickly, and we were able to get by without crampons or ice axes. Well, most of us anyway. More on that later…

Washington’s Monument is the tongue-in-cheek name for a what is really little more than a pile of rocks with a pole stuck in the middle. In 1852, Colonel Henry Washington and his Army survey party were directed to erect a monument atop San Bernardino Peak. The monument was the east-west reference point from which all future surveys of Southern California were taken.

Washington's Monument. Photo credit: Emily Doti

From Washington’s Monument, the trail follows the ridge for another 3/4 mile to the summit, where you can take in the 360 degree views.

Snow on San Bernardino Peak

View from San Bernardino Peak

The inland empire. Photo credit: Emily Doti

So the observant ones out there may have noticed that sometime after Limber Pines, my photos ceased to be, and were replaced by Emily and Tyler’s photos. You might reason that my camera battery died (and it was low). But sadly, that is not the reason.

The real reason is… I didn’t summit. I got about 10 minutes away from Washington’s Monument, and decided to stop. It wasn’t altitude sickness (I did Baldy the week before). No, my friends, I succumbed to run-of-the-mill dehydration. Consider it a lesson in what not to do. I considered it a great lesson in handling the unexpected and being flexible.

I did almost everything that I tell my hikers not to do. I didn’t get adequate sleep (4.5 hours). I went to bed thirsty. I woke up, had a light breakfast (good) but didn’t hydrate! (Very bad.) I brought along 3 liters of water and by the time I reached Limber Pines Bench I had downed about 1-3/4 liters (including 16 oz of electrolytes). But the damage was done. When I started the hike I was already dehyrdrated. Had I not hiked, I probably would’ve been fine, maybe suffering a little headache and then recovering quickly. A strenuous hike coupled with altitude did me in.

Once I realized that what I had done, I had sense enough to do the right thing. I stopped. My stubborn determination could’ve driven me onward, but I stopped, rested, and rehydrated. I headed back to the car. I rested some more. Hydrated more. By the time we were back at the car, I was back to my normal self. Only wiser. So let this be a lesson to you, as it was to me.

2015 Update

I went back and summited San Bernardino!

October 2015 - I summited San Bernardino Peak!

San Bernardino Peak Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Click any thumbnail image to see the larger version.

October 2015 - I summited San Bernardino Peak! San Bernardino Peak

Additional San Bernardino Peak Resources

 

Special thanks to my friends from Hiking OC: Lily, Jim, John, Ivana, Emily, Kristin, Dave, Tyler, Kelly and Joan for joining me on this epic hike. All photos from our hike on June 22, 2010. 

Celebrate the Summit!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/feed/ 61
San Gorgonio via Vivian Creek https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/#comments Tue, 06 Jul 2010 18:07:15 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=568 San Gorgonio Summit

Trail Details
Distance: 17.3 miles
Time: ~10 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 5,840 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
San Gorgonio is the tallest mountain in Southern California, and a rite of passage for serious hikers in the area. At 11,503′, “Old Grayback” provides an excellent high altitude training for those preparing to summit Mt. Whitney, and an easy drive from most of LA and Orange counties.

There are several trails leading up to San Gorgonio, but none as steep as the Vivian Creek trail, which in less than eight miles to the summit climbs over a vertical mile.

With the highest final altitude and the greatest vertical gain, San Gorgonio mountain made a fitting finale to my Six-Pack of Peaks training plan.

The Six-Pack of Peaks
Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of PeaksSan Gorgonio is the sixth and final peak in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to prepare for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

Take the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Trail Description

The Vivian Creek trail is really divided into five, distinct sections.

The first section gives you a gentle, half-mile warm-up through the wooded Mill Creek Canyon.

The next section is a steep mile of switchbacks that climbs 1,000 vertical feet. A lot of people talk about this section with dread, but I found it very pleasant. Could be the payoff from all the other hiking I’ve done lately, but it’s forested trail with views over Mill Creek Canyon and to the west toward Mt. San Antonio.

SoCal Hiker Tip! Listen for the waterfall from Vivian Creek. There is a nice overlook about 10 yards off trail that gives you a good view of the falls.

The third section of the trail is parallels the beautiful Vivian Creek. This is an easy section and was really a highlight of the trail, with the sounds of the babbling creek, impressive pines and lush greenery. There is a popular campsite, though many of the sites are very close to the trail. Be wary of mosquitos! You might meet a few along this section.

The fourth section gets steeper, climbing past High Creek and up a number of switchbacks to the tree line. You may begin to feel the effects of the altitude as you approach 10,000 feet. The view opens up and you gain stunning vistas of Mt. San Jacinto and the Inland Empire.

The final section of the trail is a long, diagonal traverse near the ridge that leads to San Gorgonio. You climb steadily, with sparse vegetation and full exposure to the sun. It is dry and it can get quite hot, but it’s a well-engineered trail that climbs steadily and not-too-steeply to the summit.

As you reach the summit ridge, you’ll pass to junctions en route to the peak. The first is a spur that leads west toward Dollar Lake. Bear right and head eastward. Another 1/4 mile along the trail you’ll reach a junction with the Sky High Trail joining from the south. Continue straight for another .3 miles to the summit.

The top is a broad expanse of gravel and rocks that is a little anti-climactic. It feels more like a big mound than a peak. But it’s the highest point in Southern California, as the 360 degree views confirm.

Atop San Gorgonio Mountain

 

The return route on this out-and-back trip is back down the nearly 8.5 mile trail. Fair warning, it will feel longer. Take your time and enjoy it. The views you enjoyed on your morning climb take on a whole new look in the afternoon light.

San Gorgonio Wilderness Trail Tips

Let me tell you the story about the Sixty Dollar Beer… But first, a few tips for making this an enjoyable hike.

  • Apply for your permit early. This is the second most popular trailhead in the San Gorgonio Wilderness, and permit quotas often fill up in advance. The permits are free, and the entire process can be handled via fax.
  • Start hiking early. The trailhead parking officially opens at 6am. We got there about 5:35 and there were only a few spots left in the upper lot. It’s a long day, and by starting early you’ll avoid the worst of the heat.
  • Be prepared. Yeah, it’s the old Boy Scout motto, but on an all-day mega hike like this, preparation really counts. Carry the 10 essentials. It’s a long trail. Don’t underestimate the water and electrolytes you’ll need.

Now about that $60 beer… After a long, tough hike there’s nothing better than a cold beverage. A study from Granada University in Spain even proved that beer hydrates better than water. But if your hike ends at the Vivian Creek trailhead parking lot, be sure that cold beverage is not an alcoholic one. The trailhead parking forbids the possession of alcoholic beverages. Somehow I missed that sign in the morning darkness (in my defense, we got there at 5:30 AM). I was happily sipping a cold beer when the forest rangers drove by. No warning — just a $60 fine and a lesson learned.

But the best part was the way my fellow hiker John R. described what they did with the five unopened cans.

“The Forest Service helped us celebrate the ending of the Six-Pack of Peaks series by ceremoniously watering the forest with our 6-pack of beer, symbolizing the connection between the hikers and the trees of the forest.”

Right on, John.

San Gorgonio via Vivian Creek Trail Map & Elevation Profile

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Download file: San_Gorgonio_via_Vivian_Creek.gpx

San Gorgonio Photo Gallery

Click any image to view a larger version. You can leave comments on individual photos, too!

Atop San Gorgonio Mountain San Gorgonio

Additional San Gorgonio Resources

Weather Forecast for San Gorgonio

Note that the conditions at the top can be considerably colder!

[forecast location=”92339″]

Special thanks to my Hiking OC friends Jim, Tari, John, Emily, Barry and of course Joan for joining me on this hike!

Title photo credit: Doc Searls

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/feed/ 62
Mount San Jacinto via Marion Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-marion-mountain-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-marion-mountain-trail/#comments Wed, 30 Jun 2010 07:22:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=514 San Jacinto (wide)

The view from San Jacinto is the most sublime spectacle to be found anywhere on this earth! – John Muir

Trail Details
Distance: 11.4 miles
Time: ~9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,689 ft
Dogs: No
When to go: June-October
Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the fifth in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes that I originally used to train for the hiking the John Muir Trail
Who am I to argue with Muir? At 10,834′ San Jacinto Peak does indeed reward the determined hiker with wonderful views. You can see the inland empire, Palm Desert, the San Bernardino and San Gabriel mountains, Mt. Palomar in San Diego, Santiago and Modjeska peaks, and on a really clear day, you might even catch a glimpse of Catalina Island.

There are several routes up San Jacinto. Most people take the Palm Springs Aerial Tram up from the desert floor and begin their journey in Long Valley. It’s a route I’ve taken many times before, and I was itching for something different and a more challenging.

The Marion Mountain trail fit the bill perfectly.

The Marion Mountain route begins a few miles north of Idyllwild. It’s the shortest route up Mt. San Jacinto. It’s also steep, relentlessly climbing over 4,600 feet in just 5.7 miles.

Marion Mountain trail to Mt. San Jacinto

As you can see here in this Google Earth image, the trail climbs almost continuously, with a short breather at Little Round Valley before the final ascent to the saddle and the summit.

Most of the trail is forested

I felt great on the hike, though. First of all, unlike my last big hike I hydrated and slept well the night before. But the other reason was the scenery. Almost the entire hike is under the cover of pine forest that was bursting with wildflowers and dozens of little snow-fed rivulets. The visual feast kept our minds busy.

View over the inland empire from about the halfway point

And though I planned this hike many weeks in advance, it turns out the timing couldn’t have been more perfect. One pair of hikers I met on the trail told me they had been up this trail just a couple weeks earlier and had to turn back at Little Round Valley because of the heavy snow. Only those with crampons were making it to the summit.

One of many little creeks

On this weekend, the snow had mostly melted, though we still saw patches such as this one feeding the many seasonal creeks.

Not far below the junction to the summit lies Little Round Valley. It has a beautiful alpine meadow and a number of primitive campsites. None were occupied on this particular weekend, and I’ve heard that bugs are a real issue here. There is, however, a chemical toilet (we marveled at how they got it up there!) and it’s worth taking a short break here to enjoy the view and rest before the final climb.

We regrouped at the junction with the trail coming up from the tram, and made the short hike up to the stone hut and on to the summit.

The stone hut

The hut contains four bunks and a place to deposit any extra supplies you might want to share, should others need them in an emergency. As the sign on the door reminds you, be sure to leave the hut in better condition than when you arrived.

Beyond the hut it’s a boulder scramble to the summit, which on this particular day had a crowd of people. Joan and I literally had to wait in line for the obligatory “here we are at the top” photo.

We ate lunch, took photos, and gave thanks that we didn’t take the trail from the tram — it was obvious that was how most of the people up here came. To return down the mountain we simply retraced our steps. The long descent was greatly aided by trekking poles. Finally back at the trailhead, we drove a couple miles back to Idyllwild for dinner at the local Mexican restaurant, Arriba’s — good food, reasonable prices and hiker-friendly patios. Highly recommended.

A few tips for anyone planning this hike. First, allow sufficient time to get to the trailhead. This place is not freeway-close by any measure. It took us a full two hours to get there from Orange County. Add your driving time to the hiking time, and you’ve pretty nearly filled your day. Second, if you’re meeting your hiking partners, plan to meet at the Ranger Station in Idyllwild, then caravan to the trailhead outside of town. It’s easy to find the Ranger Station; but not so easy to find the trailhead.

Mount San Jacinto via Marion Mountain Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Click any image for a larger version.

San Jacinto

Additional Mt. San Jacinto Resources

  • GPS user? Download the GPX file (right-click and save as)
  • View the trail in Google Earth
  • The Marion Mountain trailhead can be reached off of CA 243 a few miles north of Idyllwild. There are signs indicating where to turn for the Fern Basin and Marion Mountain campgrounds. The trailhead begins on road 4S71 between the campgrounds. Trailhead parking on Google Maps. You must display an Adventure Pass in your car.
  • Self-service permits are required for day hikes, obtainable at the Ranger Station in Idyllwild at 25905 State Highway 243

Idyllwild Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92549″]

A special thanks to my hiking companions Leslie, John R and Joan!

Title photo credit: Chuck Coker

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-jacinto-via-marion-mountain-trail/feed/ 58
Mt. San Antonio (Mt Baldy) Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/#comments Tue, 15 Jun 2010 00:17:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=507 Mt Baldy - 10,064 FT

Every Southern Californian can point out the white topped Mt. Baldy — actually it’s real name is Mt. San Antonio. Baldy is a SoCal icon that stands out boldly as a snow-covered backdrop for much of the year. At 10,064 feet above sea level, the snow often sticks around well into June. The higher altitude and easy access makes it a popular training hike for Whitney (or in my case, the John Muir Trail). And in fact, I included Baldy as peak #3 in my Six-Pack of Peaks progressive training series.

Trail Details
Distance: 10.2 miles
Time: ~7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,900 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October

Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the third in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes that I originally used to train for the hiking the John Muir Trail

I hiked Mt. San Antonio as a loop route with some friends. We started at the Manker Flats trailhead (National Parks Adventure Pass required), taking the winding fire road up Baldy Notch, then hiking the Devil’s Backbone to the summit. Our return route took us down the steep Baldy Bowl trail, passing the Sierra Club Ski Hut and San Antonio Falls on the way back to Manker Flats.

It should be noted that the previous weekend we hiked up Cucamonga Peak and it was almost too hot. A week later I found myself atop Baldy where it was 35 degrees with fierce winds. Thankfully, I was well-prepared with plenty of layers. Even so, we didn’t linger as long at the summit as we might have wanted.

The trail begins up a paved road which quickly turns to gravel as it passes the San Antonio Falls overlook. This windy fire road eventually crosses the Mt. Baldy ski area, and meets up at Baldy Notch. The ski lift to the notch operates throughout the summer. It’s about $10 for a one-way ticket up (or $8 one way down) and some people use this as a short cut for what’s probably the least exciting portion of the hike. On the plus side, this route provided a nice easy grade to climb and made warming up much nicer.

Starting up the paved road toward Baldy Notch

Once you reach the Baldy Notch, you can hike straight up the ski run to the east, or follow the trail that runs slightly south east. The ski run is a little steeper and more direct, and that’s the route we opted for. You are quickly rewarded with great views in every direction.

Looking down the valley from the Mt Baldy ski slopes

When you finally reach the boundary of the ski area, the infamous Devil’s Backbone trail begins. This trail sounds worse than it is. It runs along the top of a narrow ridge, but when it’s clear of snow and ice, it’s a pretty safe trail.

Devils Backbone Panorama

Those with a fear of heights might feel a touch of vertigo, but it doesn’t require any technical equipment (although trekking poles are nice). Check with the ranger station at Baldy Village to confirm trail conditions. On the darker side, there have been deaths on the trail. With snow and ice, it can be very treacherous.

The Devils Backbone trail can be treacherous when icy

The trail skirts the side of Mt. Harwood, opening up to a sweeping view of Baldy Bowl. This bowl is pure scree and essentially unclimbable except when covered with snow, and then only with an ice ax and crampons. It’s great training for even higher mountaineering, and something I hope to do next winter. This time of year, the snow is gone from the bowl, and the trail clear of all but a few patches of snow.

Traversing a sketchy section of screen on the side of Mt Harwood

The last climb is a series of steep switchbacks up the side of Mt. San Antonio. It’s a busy trail, with all sorts of people going up and down. Pick your route and take your time. If you’re used to living at sea level like me, the high altitude begins to slow you down just a bit.

Looking down the final ascent up Baldy

Looking back down the final ascent you’ve got a great view of Mt Harwood.

This make-shift rock wall atop Mt San Antonio protects against the oft-fierce winds

The summit of Mt. San Antonio is a broad knoll with a large iron plaque marking the spot. You’ll see several ad hoc stone shelters erected to provide some protection from the wind, which on this particular hike was fierce. Though it was comfortable down at sea level, it was 35 degrees at the summit, and much colder when you factor in the wind chill.

To return to Manker Flats we took the Baldy Bowl trail, which actually skirts the bowl on a ridgeline before steeply descending in a series of switchbacks to the base of the bowl and the Sierra Club ski hut. The log benches at the ski hut provide a great place to take a break and the sound of babbling San Antonio creek is refreshing.

Sierra Club ski hut at the base of Baldy Bowl

As we descended toward San Antonio Falls, the wildflowers became more plentiful. If you have time, you can stop for a closer look at the falls. This year’s heavy snowfall has made them spectacular.

San Antonio Falls

We reached our cars at the bottom and toasted our hike in true 6-pack style with a ice cold Stellas

Mount Baldy Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Trail Fly-by

Photo Gallery

Additional Mt. Baldy Resources

Note that this is a wilderness hike. Come prepared with the ten essentials, including a map that you’ve studied beforehand and the knowledge of how to navigate and find an alternate route in case of wildfire or other emergency.

There is no clear signage to the Ski Hut Trail from the summit, and it’s easy to find yourself headed down the wrong route. I recommend carrying the Harrison Mt. Baldy and Cucamonga Wilderness Map, and backing that up with the GPX track loaded in GaiaGPS on my full-charged phone. If in doubt, you can (and should) hike this as an out-and-back, returning via the same route you took up to the summit.

Mt. Baldy Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Mt. Baldy, CA”]

Special thanks to Bob from Pasadena, Tyler, Kelly, Ivana, Tari and of course Joan for joining me on this hike!

Title photo credit: Doc Searls

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/feed/ 45
Cucamonga Peak via Icehouse Canyon https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cucamonga-peak-via-icehouse-canyon-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cucamonga-peak-via-icehouse-canyon-trail/#comments Mon, 07 Jun 2010 00:40:44 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=509 Cucamonga Peak

Cucamonga Peak offers amazing views over Southern California’s Inland Empire, east toward Apple Valley and beyond. This hike from Icehouse Canyon is a strenuous 11.6 mile out-and-back route with 4,300 feet of vertical gain and a top elevation of 8,859′. The north-facing slope holds snow much later in the season than other peaks. The first time I hiked Cucamonga Peak, there were several sections of the trail that were covered with large patches of snow even in June.

Trail Details
Distance: 11.6 miles
Time: ~7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,300 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October

Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the second in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes that I originally used to train for the hiking the John Muir Trail. This hike features substantial vertical elevation gain and introduced higher altitude — though still just shy of 9,000′

From atop Cucamonga Peak you can see most of the better-known peaks in Southern California, including the distinctive saddleback mountains (Santiago and Modjeska peaks) in Orange County; Mt. San Jacinto, San Gorgonio, and Mt. San Antonio (Mt. Baldy).

The trail begins at the popular Icehouse Canyon trailhead about a mile beyond Mt. Baldy Village. Permits are required, but are self-serve and available at the trailhead (bring a pen).

The Icehouse Canyon trail is a beautiful, well-forested trail that parallels babbling Icehouse Creek. There is lots of parking at the trailhead (Adventure Pass required) but due to the popularity, it fills up early. We started our hike at 7am and the parking lot still had a few spaces, but was quickly filling up.

There are a number of cabins in the lower canyon that are still in use, as well as the remains of many more that have been destroyed by flood or fire over the years. It’s a beautiful trail but extremely popular. At times it felt like rush hour on the 5 with long lines of hikers and few places to pass.

You see many cabins in Icehouse Canyon. Some victims of fires and floods over the decades.

 

Saddle Junction at the Top of Icehouse Canyon

Icehouse Saddle makes a good place to break for a snack and regroup. There are five separate trails that come together at this junction. You want to look for the Cucamonga Peak trail sign. From here it’s only 2.4 miles to the summit, but they are steep and often hot miles.

Traversing a Snow Bank on Cucamonga Peak

The north face of Cucamonga holds snow much later in the season. Even in June, we hit many patches of snow that covered the trail, but nothing that required any technical equipment. Still, our trekking poles were much-appreciated.

I've heard reports that this sign has disappeared, making your navigation skills even more important here.

I’ve heard reports that this sign has disappeared, making your navigation skills even more important here.

Once you reach this marker to the summit, you’re almost there. And if it’s a clear day, you are rewarded with amazing views in every direction.

Retrace your steps for the return trip, which is nearly all downhill. One pleasant surprise. On our return trip down Icehouse Canyon, there were literally thousands of ladybugs flying about — a good omen for next week’s hike up Baldy!

Thousands of Ladybugs

 

Trail Advice

  • Permits are required even for day hikes. Call ahead the day before and ask them to post it on the bulletin board.
  • National Forest Adventure Pass is required for parking at the trailhead. Parking fills up quickly. Carpool and get there early.
  • There is water available in Icehouse Canyon, but treat or filter before drinking. The second half of the trail is dry. I would recommend two liters for this dry and often hot section of the trail.
  • The second half of the trail is steep, dry and exposed. On a hot summer day, I would opt to hike a different trail.

Note that this is a wilderness hike. Come prepared with the ten essentials, including a map that you’ve studied beforehand and the knowledge of how to navigate and find an alternate route in case of wildfire or other emergency.

There are many trails that lead from Icehouse Saddle and signage may be confusing or non-existent. I recommend carrying the Harrison Mt. Baldy and Cucamonga Wilderness Map, and backing that up with the GPX track loaded in GaiaGPS on my full-charged phone.

Cucamonga Peak Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

You see many cabins in Icehouse Canyon. Some victims of fires and floods over the decades. I've heard reports that this sign has disappeared, making your navigation skills even more important here.

I’ve posted even more photos on Flickr.

Additional Resources

Baldy Village Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91759″]

Title photo credit: Erik Nielsen. All other photos: Jeff Hester

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cucamonga-peak-via-icehouse-canyon-trail/feed/ 93
A Six-Pack of Peaks https://socalhiker.net/a-six-pack-of-peaks/ https://socalhiker.net/a-six-pack-of-peaks/#comments Wed, 26 May 2010 07:49:14 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=850 SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks

Big adventures require proper preparation. All the cool gear in the world won’t get you up the mountain if you neglect the two most important pieces of equipment: your brain and your body. Whether you are tackling a big peak like Mt. Whitney or a long trail like the John Muir Trail, you need to arm yourself with knowledge and the trail smarts to handle the unexpected. And your body needs to be physically prepared for the strain of long, steep miles at altitude.

When I developed my training plan for the John Muir Trail, it included several weekday conditioning hikes, longer weekend hikes, weight-bearing hikes and most importantly, hikes at higher altitude with substantial elevation gain.

As I researched my options, I settled on a series of six peak-bagging hikes, each progressively more challenging and all within a couple hours drive from anywhere in Southern California. These six peaks provided great preparation for the JMT, but they are also perfect  for hikers training for Mount Whitney or other big adventures.

The SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks

With that in mind, I organized a series of hikes called the Six-Pack of Peaks. Here they are, in sequential order:

#1 - Mt. Wilson

Distance: 14 miles
Elevation: 5,713 feet
Vertical gain: 4,200 feet

#2 - Cucamonga Peak

Distance: 11.6 miles
Elevation: 8,859 feet
Vertical gain: 4,300 feet

#3 - Mt. San Antonio (aka Mt Baldy)

Distance: 10.2 miles
Elevation: 10,064 feet
Vertical gain: 3,900 feet

#4 - San Bernardino Peak

Distance: 16.5 miles
Elevation: 10,649 feet
Vertical gain: 4,702 feet

#5 - Mt. San Jacinto

Distance: 11.4 miles
Elevation: 10,834 feet
Vertical gain: 4,689 feet

#6 - San Gorgonio

Distance: 17.3 miles
Elevation: 11,503 feet
Vertical gain: 5,840 feet

It adds up to 27,108 feet of elevation gain over 82 miles!

The first year I led this with small groups. I had anywhere from 7-11 friends with me on each hike. And we brought along an actual 6-pack to toast the completion of each hike.

Take the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesAre you up to the challenge? Register for the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. We now have challenges across the country, giving you an opportunity to flex your adventure muscles and explore new mountains.

You can feel good about signing up, with a portion of your registration going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Sign-up today!

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/a-six-pack-of-peaks/feed/ 68
Mt. Wilson via Chantry Flats https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/ https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/#comments Tue, 25 May 2010 06:30:50 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=505 Mt Wilson - Peak #1 in the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Standing prominently above Pasadena, Mount Wilson is a Southern California landmark. The 5,713 foot summit is home for an observatory responsible for the most detailed photos of Mars as well a vast array of antennae for local LA radio and television stations. While the summit is steeped in astronomical wonder and tremendous views of Los Angeles, the trails are the real beauty of this hike.

Trail Details
Elevation: 5,713′
Distance: 13.5 miles
Time: ~6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,200 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Fall through Spring
There are several trails you can take to the top of Mt. Wilson, but this 14 mile loop is the most beautiful. Start at the Chantry Flats trailhead above Arcadia, and take a one mile detour to view the beautiful Sturtevant Falls. The trailhead can be found at the southern end of the lower parking lot down the steps to the right of the chemical toilets.

Note: this trail is quite popular and fills up early on the weekends. If you get there at 7am, you might find the lot already full. There is overflow parking at the Chantry Flats Pack Station, but they will charge you ($10 when I parked there in Nov. 2009). But don’t go too early — the gate to the trailhead parking doesn’t open until 6am. Also note that an Adventure Pass is required unless you park at the Pack Station.

 

The Six-Pack of Peaks
2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is the first in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to prepare for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

Take the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Sturtevant Falls

After a few photos, we retraced our steps from the falls to the junction with the Gabrielino Trail. There are two options, both about the same distance. The “high” trail is for horses and less scenic. Instead, take the trail to the right which parallels the babbling creek. You’ll follow this up to the Spruce Grove Campground — a good spot for a bio-break. These campsites are popular and would make a great introduction to backpacking, though you’ll get a lot of foot traffic (and mountain bikes) passing right by your campsite.

One of many stream crossings

The Sturtesvant Trail to the summit follows the creek for a couple more miles, then begins a fairly steep switchback ascent up the side of the ridge for the last 1,000 of elevation gain.

Mt. Wilson Observatory

The top of Mt. Wilson is somewhat anticlimatic. There are buildings, observatories and paved roads. There is a water fountain where you can refill your water bottle near the bridge. The top of Mt Wilson is a jumble of buildings, paved roads and paths that can be confusing. It’s a little tricky to find your way across the top to the other trailhead to Winter Creek. I highly recommend printing out the visitor’s guide (PDF) for a detailed map. On this you’ll see a reference to of the “main parking lot.” It’s a gravel lot about the size of a football field. The marker for the trail down is near the 50 yard line on the opposite side.  But before you head down, walk over to the boulders at the far end of the lot and soak in the views of Los Angeles. You’ll find a USGS benchmark at the southwest corner of the lot.

Panorama of the LA basin from Sturtevant Trail

Heading back down Going back down the trail connects with a gravel road known as the old “Toll Road.” You’ll follow this for about 1/2 mile to the Winter Creek trail on the left. It comes at a right-hand bend in the road, and if you’re not watching for it, you could easily miss this trail. This downhill will seem like a cakewalk after the long uphill climb to Mt. Wilson. As you descend , you gain a real appreciation of  just how much elevation you gained on the first half!

Eventually, you’ll reach Winter Creek and Hogee’s Camp. Here you’ll have a decision. You can take the mile-longer Upper Winter Creek trail for a 3-mile all downhill trek to Chantry Flat, or the shorter Lower Winter Creek Trail which follows the creek, but actually takes you below Chantry Flat, with an uphill climb for the last 1/2 mile. I’ve done both, and actually prefer the creekside trail.

Lower Winter Creek trail

Back at Chantry Flats

There are chemical toilets at the trailhead, but if you want real toilets with running water, walk up above the upper parking lot to the picnic area. It may be well worth it, and you can wash up a bit afterward. Also about 50 yards past the upper parking lot is the Chantry Flats pack station. They have a small store where you can buy drinks and food, and on weekend will often have a BBQ going. A great way to cap off your hike!

Mount Wilson Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Getting to Chantry Flats

From the 210 freeway, take Santa Anita Blvd. east (toward the mountain). After a few miles, it becomes a Forest Service road. Follow this windy road up the mountain for a few more miles and you’ll reach Chantry Flats. You can lookup turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps. Be sure to bring your Adventure Pass.


Additional Mt. Wilson Resources

Special Thanks

I last hiked this trail on May 23, 2010 with friends from Hiking OC. We had beautiful weather, though it was quite chilly at the top (we even had a few little snowflakes!). Thanks to Joan, Uni, John, Daniel, Leslie, Lily, Tari and Adam for joining me.

Mt Wilson photo credit: Bryan Ungard. All other photos: Jeff Hester

Mt. Wilson Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Mount Wilson, California”]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/feed/ 97